|  | /* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Copyright (C) 1986-2025 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This file is part of GDB. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | 
|  | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | 
|  | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | 
|  | (at your option) any later version. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | 
|  | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | 
|  | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the | 
|  | GNU General Public License for more details. | 
|  |  | 
|  | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | 
|  | along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "dwarf2/call-site.h" | 
|  | #include "exceptions.h" | 
|  | #include "symtab.h" | 
|  | #include "event-top.h" | 
|  | #include "gdbtypes.h" | 
|  | #include "gdbcore.h" | 
|  | #include "frame.h" | 
|  | #include "target.h" | 
|  | #include "value.h" | 
|  | #include "symfile.h" | 
|  | #include "objfiles.h" | 
|  | #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h" | 
|  | #include "expression.h" | 
|  | #include "language.h" | 
|  | #include "demangle.h" | 
|  | #include "inferior.h" | 
|  | #include "source.h" | 
|  | #include "filenames.h" | 
|  | #include "objc-lang.h" | 
|  | #include "d-lang.h" | 
|  | #include "ada-lang.h" | 
|  | #include "go-lang.h" | 
|  | #include "p-lang.h" | 
|  | #include "addrmap.h" | 
|  | #include "cli/cli-utils.h" | 
|  | #include "cli/cli-style.h" | 
|  | #include "cli/cli-cmds.h" | 
|  | #include "fnmatch.h" | 
|  | #include "hashtab.h" | 
|  | #include "typeprint.h" | 
|  | #include "exceptions.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "gdbsupport/gdb_obstack.h" | 
|  | #include "block.h" | 
|  | #include "dictionary.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include <sys/types.h> | 
|  | #include <fcntl.h> | 
|  | #include <sys/stat.h> | 
|  | #include <ctype.h> | 
|  | #include "cp-abi.h" | 
|  | #include "cp-support.h" | 
|  | #include "observable.h" | 
|  | #include "macrotab.h" | 
|  | #include "macroscope.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | #include "parser-defs.h" | 
|  | #include "completer.h" | 
|  | #include "progspace-and-thread.h" | 
|  | #include <optional> | 
|  | #include "filename-seen-cache.h" | 
|  | #include "arch-utils.h" | 
|  | #include <algorithm> | 
|  | #include <string_view> | 
|  | #include "gdbsupport/pathstuff.h" | 
|  | #include "gdbsupport/common-utils.h" | 
|  | #include <optional> | 
|  | #include "gdbsupport/unordered_set.h" | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Forward declarations for local functions.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void rbreak_command (const char *, int); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int find_line_common (const linetable *, int, int *, int); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | enum language language, | 
|  | struct field_of_this_result *); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static | 
|  | struct block_symbol lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | const struct language_defn *langdef); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | const char *name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void set_main_name (program_space *pspace, const char *name, | 
|  | language lang); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Type of the data stored on the program space.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct main_info | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Name of "main".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string name_of_main; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Language of "main".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum language language_of_main = language_unknown; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Program space key for finding name and language of "main".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const registry<program_space>::key<main_info> main_progspace_key; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Symbol lookup is not reentrant (though this is not an intrinsic | 
|  | restriction).  Keep track of whether a symbol lookup is active, to be able | 
|  | to detect reentrancy.  */ | 
|  | static bool in_symbol_lookup; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Struct to mark that a symbol lookup is active for the duration of its | 
|  | lifetime.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct enter_symbol_lookup | 
|  | { | 
|  | enter_symbol_lookup () | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Ensure that the current language has been set.  Normally the | 
|  | language is set lazily.  However, when performing a symbol lookup, | 
|  | this could result in a recursive call into the lookup code in some | 
|  | cases.  Set it now to ensure that this does not happen.  */ | 
|  | get_current_language (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Detect symbol lookup reentrance.  */ | 
|  | gdb_assert (!in_symbol_lookup); | 
|  |  | 
|  | in_symbol_lookup = true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | ~enter_symbol_lookup () | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Sanity check.  */ | 
|  | gdb_assert (in_symbol_lookup); | 
|  |  | 
|  | in_symbol_lookup = false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (enter_symbol_lookup); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The default symbol cache size. | 
|  | There is no extra cpu cost for large N (except when flushing the cache, | 
|  | which is rare).  The value here is just a first attempt.  A better default | 
|  | value may be higher or lower.  A prime number can make up for a bad hash | 
|  | computation, so that's why the number is what it is.  */ | 
|  | #define DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE 1021 | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The maximum symbol cache size. | 
|  | There's no method to the decision of what value to use here, other than | 
|  | there's no point in allowing a user typo to make gdb consume all memory.  */ | 
|  | #define MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE (1024*1024) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* symbol_cache_lookup returns this if a previous lookup failed to find the | 
|  | symbol in any objfile.  */ | 
|  | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED \ | 
|  | ((struct block_symbol) {(struct symbol *) 1, NULL}) | 
|  | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P(SIB) (SIB.symbol == (struct symbol *) 1) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Recording lookups that don't find the symbol is just as important, if not | 
|  | more so, than recording found symbols.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum symbol_cache_slot_state | 
|  | { | 
|  | SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED, | 
|  | SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND, | 
|  | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot | 
|  | { | 
|  | enum symbol_cache_slot_state state; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The objfile that was current when the symbol was looked up. | 
|  | This is only needed for global blocks, but for simplicity's sake | 
|  | we allocate the space for both.  If data shows the extra space used | 
|  | for static blocks is a problem, we can split things up then. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Global blocks need cache lookup to include the objfile context because | 
|  | we need to account for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order | 
|  | which can traverse objfiles in, effectively, any order, depending on | 
|  | the current objfile, thus affecting which symbol is found.  Normally, | 
|  | only the current objfile is searched first, and then the rest are | 
|  | searched in recorded order; but putting cache lookup inside | 
|  | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order would be awkward. | 
|  | Instead we just make the current objfile part of the context of | 
|  | cache lookup.  This means we can record the same symbol multiple times, | 
|  | each with a different "current objfile" that was in effect when the | 
|  | lookup was saved in the cache, but cache space is pretty cheap.  */ | 
|  | const struct objfile *objfile_context; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The domain that was searched for initially.  This must exactly | 
|  | match.  */ | 
|  | domain_search_flags domain; | 
|  |  | 
|  | union | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol found; | 
|  | char *name; | 
|  | } value; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Clear out SLOT.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_clear_slot (struct symbol_cache_slot *slot) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | 
|  | xfree (slot->value.name); | 
|  | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Symbols don't specify global vs static block. | 
|  | So keep them in separate caches.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int hits; | 
|  | unsigned int misses; | 
|  | unsigned int collisions; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* SYMBOLS is a variable length array of this size. | 
|  | One can imagine that in general one cache (global/static) should be a | 
|  | fraction of the size of the other, but there's no data at the moment | 
|  | on which to decide.  */ | 
|  | unsigned int size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot symbols[1]; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Clear all slots of BSC and free BSC.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | destroy_block_symbol_cache (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (bsc != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (unsigned int i = 0; i < bsc->size; i++) | 
|  | symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]); | 
|  | xfree (bsc); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The symbol cache. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Searching for symbols in the static and global blocks over multiple objfiles | 
|  | again and again can be slow, as can searching very big objfiles.  This is a | 
|  | simple cache to improve symbol lookup performance, which is critical to | 
|  | overall gdb performance. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Symbols are hashed on the name, its domain, and block. | 
|  | They are also hashed on their objfile for objfile-specific lookups.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol_cache | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_cache () = default; | 
|  |  | 
|  | ~symbol_cache () | 
|  | { | 
|  | destroy_block_symbol_cache (global_symbols); | 
|  | destroy_block_symbol_cache (static_symbols); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache *global_symbols = nullptr; | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache *static_symbols = nullptr; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Program space key for finding its symbol cache.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const registry<program_space>::key<symbol_cache> symbol_cache_key; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symtab creation.  */ | 
|  | unsigned int symtab_create_debug = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symbol lookup.  */ | 
|  | unsigned int symbol_lookup_debug = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The size of the cache is staged here.  */ | 
|  | static unsigned int new_symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The current value of the symbol cache size. | 
|  | This is saved so that if the user enters a value too big we can restore | 
|  | the original value from here.  */ | 
|  | static unsigned int symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* True if a file may be known by two different basenames. | 
|  | This is the uncommon case, and significantly slows down gdb. | 
|  | Default set to "off" to not slow down the common case.  */ | 
|  | bool basenames_may_differ = false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allow the user to configure the debugger behavior with respect | 
|  | to multiple-choice menus when more than one symbol matches during | 
|  | a symbol lookup.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char multiple_symbols_ask[] = "ask"; | 
|  | const char multiple_symbols_all[] = "all"; | 
|  | const char multiple_symbols_cancel[] = "cancel"; | 
|  | static const char *const multiple_symbols_modes[] = | 
|  | { | 
|  | multiple_symbols_ask, | 
|  | multiple_symbols_all, | 
|  | multiple_symbols_cancel, | 
|  | NULL | 
|  | }; | 
|  | static const char *multiple_symbols_mode = multiple_symbols_all; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* When TRUE, ignore the prologue-end flag in linetable_entry when searching | 
|  | for the SAL past a function prologue.  */ | 
|  | static bool ignore_prologue_end_flag = false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Read-only accessor to AUTO_SELECT_MODE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | multiple_symbols_select_mode (void) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return multiple_symbols_mode; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the name of a domain_enum.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | domain_name (domain_enum e) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (e) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #define SYM_DOMAIN(X)				\ | 
|  | case X ## _DOMAIN: return #X "_DOMAIN"; | 
|  | #include "sym-domains.def" | 
|  | #undef SYM_DOMAIN | 
|  | default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad domain_enum"); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string | 
|  | domain_name (domain_search_flags flags) | 
|  | { | 
|  | static constexpr domain_search_flags::string_mapping mapping[] = { | 
|  | #define SYM_DOMAIN(X) \ | 
|  | MAP_ENUM_FLAG (SEARCH_ ## X ## _DOMAIN), | 
|  | #include "sym-domains.def" | 
|  | #undef SYM_DOMAIN | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return flags.to_string (mapping); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | domain_search_flags | 
|  | from_scripting_domain (int val) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if ((val & SCRIPTING_SEARCH_FLAG) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* VAL should be one of the domain constants.  Verify this and | 
|  | convert it to a search constant.  */ | 
|  | switch (val) | 
|  | { | 
|  | #define SYM_DOMAIN(X)					\ | 
|  | case X ## _DOMAIN: break; | 
|  | #include "sym-domains.def" | 
|  | #undef SYM_DOMAIN | 
|  | default: | 
|  | error (_("unrecognized domain constant")); | 
|  | } | 
|  | domain_search_flags result = to_search_flags ((domain_enum) val); | 
|  | if (val == VAR_DOMAIN) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This matches the historical practice.  */ | 
|  | result |= SEARCH_TYPE_DOMAIN | SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* VAL is several search constants or'd together.  Verify | 
|  | this.  */ | 
|  | val &= ~SCRIPTING_SEARCH_FLAG; | 
|  | int check = val; | 
|  | #define SYM_DOMAIN(X)				\ | 
|  | check &= ~ (int) SEARCH_ ## X ## _DOMAIN; | 
|  | #include "sym-domains.def" | 
|  | #undef SYM_DOMAIN | 
|  | if (check != 0) | 
|  | error (_("unrecognized domain constant")); | 
|  | return (domain_search_flag) val; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol * | 
|  | search_symbol_list (const char *name, int num, struct symbol **syms) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (int i = 0; i < num; ++i) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (strcmp (name, syms[i]->natural_name ()) == 0) | 
|  | return syms[i]; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR | 
|  | linetable_entry::pc (const struct objfile *objfile) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | return CORE_ADDR (m_pc) + objfile->text_section_offset (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | call_site * | 
|  | compunit_symtab::find_call_site (CORE_ADDR pc) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (m_call_site_htab == nullptr) | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR delta = this->objfile ()->text_section_offset (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (auto it = m_call_site_htab->find (static_cast<unrelocated_addr> (pc - delta)); | 
|  | it != m_call_site_htab->end ()) | 
|  | return *it; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See if the arch knows another PC we should try.  On some | 
|  | platforms, GCC emits a DWARF call site that is offset from the | 
|  | actual return location.  */ | 
|  | struct gdbarch *arch = objfile ()->arch (); | 
|  | CORE_ADDR new_pc = gdbarch_update_call_site_pc (arch, pc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (pc == new_pc) | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (auto it = m_call_site_htab->find (static_cast<unrelocated_addr> (new_pc - delta)); | 
|  | it != m_call_site_htab->end ()) | 
|  | return *it; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | compunit_symtab::set_call_site_htab (call_site_htab_t &&call_site_htab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (m_call_site_htab == nullptr); | 
|  | m_call_site_htab = new call_site_htab_t (std::move (call_site_htab)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | compunit_symtab::set_primary_filetab (symtab *primary_filetab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symtab *prev_filetab = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Move PRIMARY_FILETAB to the head of the filetab list.  */ | 
|  | for (symtab *filetab : this->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (filetab == primary_filetab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (prev_filetab != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | prev_filetab->next = primary_filetab->next; | 
|  | primary_filetab->next = m_filetabs; | 
|  | m_filetabs = primary_filetab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | prev_filetab = filetab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (primary_filetab == m_filetabs); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab * | 
|  | compunit_symtab::primary_filetab () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (m_filetabs != nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The primary file symtab is the first one in the list.  */ | 
|  | return m_filetabs; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum language | 
|  | compunit_symtab::language () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab *symtab = primary_filetab (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The language of the compunit symtab is the language of its | 
|  | primary source file.  */ | 
|  | return symtab->language (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | compunit_symtab::forget_cached_source_info () | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (symtab *s : filetabs ()) | 
|  | s->release_fullname (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | compunit_symtab::finalize () | 
|  | { | 
|  | this->forget_cached_source_info (); | 
|  | delete m_call_site_htab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The relocated address of the minimal symbol, using the section | 
|  | offsets from OBJFILE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR | 
|  | minimal_symbol::value_address (objfile *objfile) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (this->maybe_copied (objfile)) | 
|  | return this->get_maybe_copied_address (objfile); | 
|  | else | 
|  | return (CORE_ADDR (this->unrelocated_address ()) | 
|  | + objfile->section_offsets[this->section_index ()]); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | minimal_symbol::data_p () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | return m_type == mst_data | 
|  | || m_type == mst_bss | 
|  | || m_type == mst_abs | 
|  | || m_type == mst_file_data | 
|  | || m_type == mst_file_bss; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | minimal_symbol::text_p () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | return m_type == mst_text | 
|  | || m_type == mst_text_gnu_ifunc | 
|  | || m_type == mst_data_gnu_ifunc | 
|  | || m_type == mst_slot_got_plt | 
|  | || m_type == mst_solib_trampoline | 
|  | || m_type == mst_file_text; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | minimal_symbol::maybe_copied (objfile *objfile) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | return (objfile->object_format_has_copy_relocs | 
|  | && (objfile->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) == 0 | 
|  | && (m_type == mst_data || m_type == mst_bss)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See whether FILENAME matches SEARCH_NAME using the rule that we | 
|  | advertise to the user.  (The manual's description of linespecs | 
|  | describes what we advertise).  Returns true if they match, false | 
|  | otherwise.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | compare_filenames_for_search (const char *filename, const char *search_name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int len = strlen (filename); | 
|  | size_t search_len = strlen (search_name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (len < search_len) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The tail of FILENAME must match.  */ | 
|  | if (FILENAME_CMP (filename + len - search_len, search_name) != 0) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Either the names must completely match, or the character | 
|  | preceding the trailing SEARCH_NAME segment of FILENAME must be a | 
|  | directory separator. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The check !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH ensures SEARCH_NAME "/dir/file.c" | 
|  | cannot match FILENAME "/path//dir/file.c" - as user has requested | 
|  | absolute path.  The sama applies for "c:\file.c" possibly | 
|  | incorrectly hypothetically matching "d:\dir\c:\file.c". | 
|  |  | 
|  | The HAS_DRIVE_SPEC purpose is to make FILENAME "c:file.c" | 
|  | compatible with SEARCH_NAME "file.c".  In such case a compiler had | 
|  | to put the "c:file.c" name into debug info.  Such compatibility | 
|  | works only on GDB built for DOS host.  */ | 
|  | return (len == search_len | 
|  | || (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name) | 
|  | && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (filename[len - search_len - 1])) | 
|  | || (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) | 
|  | && STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) == &filename[len - search_len])); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check for a symtab of a specific name by searching some symtabs. | 
|  | This is a helper function for callbacks of iterate_over_symtabs. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If NAME is not absolute, then REAL_PATH is NULL | 
|  | If NAME is absolute, then REAL_PATH is the gdb_realpath form of NAME. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The return value, NAME, REAL_PATH and CALLBACK are identical to the | 
|  | `map_symtabs_matching_filename' method of quick_symbol_functions. | 
|  |  | 
|  | FIRST and AFTER_LAST indicate the range of compunit symtabs to search. | 
|  | Each symtab within the specified compunit symtab is also searched. | 
|  | AFTER_LAST is one past the last compunit symtab to search; NULL means to | 
|  | search until the end of the list.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | iterate_over_some_symtabs (const char *name, | 
|  | const char *real_path, | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *first, | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *after_last, | 
|  | gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | 
|  | const char* base_name = lbasename (name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (cust = first; cust != NULL && cust != after_last; cust = cust->next) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Skip included compunits.  */ | 
|  | if (cust->user != nullptr) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (symtab *s : cust->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (compare_filenames_for_search (s->filename, name)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (callback (s)) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Before we invoke realpath, which can get expensive when many | 
|  | files are involved, do a quick comparison of the basenames.  */ | 
|  | if (! basenames_may_differ | 
|  | && FILENAME_CMP (base_name, lbasename (s->filename)) != 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (compare_filenames_for_search (symtab_to_fullname (s), name)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (callback (s)) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in | 
|  | this symtab and use its absolute path.  */ | 
|  | if (real_path != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path)); | 
|  | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)); | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> fullname_real_path | 
|  | = gdb_realpath (fullname); | 
|  | fullname = fullname_real_path.get (); | 
|  | if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, fullname) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (callback (s)) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | iterate_over_symtabs (program_space *pspace, const char *name, | 
|  | gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> real_path; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not | 
|  | absolutizing a relative path.  */ | 
|  | if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | real_path = gdb_realpath (name); | 
|  | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path.get ())); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : pspace->objfiles ()) | 
|  | if (iterate_over_some_symtabs (name, real_path.get (), | 
|  | objfile->compunit_symtabs, nullptr, | 
|  | callback)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look through the | 
|  | psymtabs.  */ | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : pspace->objfiles ()) | 
|  | if (objfile->map_symtabs_matching_filename (name, real_path.get (), | 
|  | callback)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab * | 
|  | lookup_symtab (program_space *pspace, const char *name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab *result = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | iterate_over_symtabs (pspace, name, [&] (symtab *symtab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | result = symtab; | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | }); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Mangle a GDB method stub type.  This actually reassembles the pieces of the | 
|  | full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned | 
|  | method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload, | 
|  | specified by SIGNATURE_ID.  Note that this function is g++ specific.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | char * | 
|  | gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int mangled_name_len; | 
|  | char *mangled_name; | 
|  | struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id); | 
|  | struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id]; | 
|  | const char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id); | 
|  | const char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id); | 
|  | const char *newname = type->name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name | 
|  | of a constructor (not just the args)?  */ | 
|  | int is_full_physname_constructor; | 
|  |  | 
|  | int is_constructor; | 
|  | int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname); | 
|  | /* Need a new type prefix.  */ | 
|  | const char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : ""; | 
|  | const char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : ""; | 
|  | char buf[20]; | 
|  | int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name | 
|  | or an operator name.  */ | 
|  | if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z') | 
|  | || is_operator_name (field_name)) | 
|  | return xstrdup (physname); | 
|  |  | 
|  | is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname); | 
|  |  | 
|  | is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor | 
|  | || (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!is_destructor) | 
|  | is_destructor = (startswith (physname, "__dt")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor) | 
|  | { | 
|  | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1); | 
|  | strcpy (mangled_name, physname); | 
|  | return mangled_name; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (len == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q') | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes | 
|  | the class name.  */ | 
|  | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); | 
|  | newname = NULL; | 
|  | len = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, | 
|  | volatile_prefix, len); | 
|  | } | 
|  | mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name)) | 
|  | + strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1); | 
|  |  | 
|  | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len); | 
|  | if (is_constructor) | 
|  | mangled_name[0] = '\0'; | 
|  | else | 
|  | strcpy (mangled_name, field_name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | strcat (mangled_name, buf); | 
|  | /* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just | 
|  | mangle it using 0 for the length of the class.  Thus it gets mangled | 
|  | as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'.  */ | 
|  | if (newname != NULL) | 
|  | strcat (mangled_name, newname); | 
|  |  | 
|  | strcat (mangled_name, physname); | 
|  | return (mangled_name); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | general_symbol_info::set_demangled_name (const char *name, | 
|  | struct obstack *obstack) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (language () == language_ada) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (name == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ada_mangled = 0; | 
|  | language_specific.obstack = obstack; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | ada_mangled = 1; | 
|  | language_specific.demangled_name = name; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | language_specific.demangled_name = name; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Initialize the language dependent portion of a symbol | 
|  | depending upon the language for the symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | general_symbol_info::set_language (enum language language, | 
|  | struct obstack *obstack) | 
|  | { | 
|  | m_language = language; | 
|  | if (language == language_cplus | 
|  | || language == language_d | 
|  | || language == language_go | 
|  | || language == language_objc | 
|  | || language == language_fortran) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_demangled_name (NULL, obstack); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (language == language_ada) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (ada_mangled == 0); | 
|  | language_specific.obstack = obstack; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | memset (&language_specific, 0, sizeof (language_specific)); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Functions to initialize a symbol's mangled name.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Objects of this type are stored in the demangled name hash table.  */ | 
|  | struct demangled_name_entry | 
|  | { | 
|  | demangled_name_entry (std::string_view mangled_name) | 
|  | : mangled (mangled_name) {} | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string_view mangled; | 
|  | enum language language; | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Hash function for the demangled name hash.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static hashval_t | 
|  | hash_demangled_name_entry (const void *data) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct demangled_name_entry *e | 
|  | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) data; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return gdb::string_view_hash () (e->mangled); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Equality function for the demangled name hash.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | eq_demangled_name_entry (const void *a, const void *b) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct demangled_name_entry *da | 
|  | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) a; | 
|  | const struct demangled_name_entry *db | 
|  | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) b; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return da->mangled == db->mangled; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | free_demangled_name_entry (void *data) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct demangled_name_entry *e | 
|  | = (struct demangled_name_entry *) data; | 
|  |  | 
|  | e->~demangled_name_entry(); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create the hash table used for demangled names.  Each hash entry is | 
|  | a pair of strings; one for the mangled name and one for the demangled | 
|  | name.  The entry is hashed via just the mangled name.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | create_demangled_names_hash (struct objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Choose 256 as the starting size of the hash table, somewhat arbitrarily. | 
|  | The hash table code will round this up to the next prime number. | 
|  | Choosing a much larger table size wastes memory, and saves only about | 
|  | 1% in symbol reading.  However, if the minsym count is already | 
|  | initialized (e.g. because symbol name setting was deferred to | 
|  | a background thread) we can initialize the hashtable with a count | 
|  | based on that, because we will almost certainly have at least that | 
|  | many entries.  If we have a nonzero number but less than 256, | 
|  | we still stay with 256 to have some space for psymbols, etc.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* htab will expand the table when it is 3/4th full, so we account for that | 
|  | here.  +2 to round up.  */ | 
|  | int minsym_based_count = (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count + 2) / 3 * 4; | 
|  | int count = std::max (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count, minsym_based_count); | 
|  |  | 
|  | per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.reset (htab_create_alloc | 
|  | (count, hash_demangled_name_entry, eq_demangled_name_entry, | 
|  | free_demangled_name_entry, xcalloc, xfree)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> | 
|  | symbol_find_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, | 
|  | const char *mangled) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled; | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (gsymbol->language () != language_unknown) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (gsymbol->language ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | lang->sniff_from_mangled_name (mangled, &demangled); | 
|  | return demangled; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = language_unknown; i < nr_languages; ++i) | 
|  | { | 
|  | enum language l = (enum language) i; | 
|  | const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (l); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (lang->sniff_from_mangled_name (mangled, &demangled)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gsymbol->m_language = l; | 
|  | return demangled; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Set both the mangled and demangled (if any) names for GSYMBOL based | 
|  | on LINKAGE_NAME and LEN.  Ordinarily, NAME is copied onto the | 
|  | objfile's obstack; but if COPY_NAME is 0 and if NAME is | 
|  | NUL-terminated, then this function assumes that NAME is already | 
|  | correctly saved (either permanently or with a lifetime tied to the | 
|  | objfile), and it will not be copied. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The hash table corresponding to OBJFILE is used, and the memory | 
|  | comes from the per-BFD storage_obstack.  LINKAGE_NAME is copied, | 
|  | so the pointer can be discarded after calling this function.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | general_symbol_info::compute_and_set_names (std::string_view linkage_name, | 
|  | bool copy_name, | 
|  | objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd, | 
|  | std::optional<hashval_t> hash) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct demangled_name_entry **slot; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (language () == language_ada) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* In Ada, we do the symbol lookups using the mangled name, so | 
|  | we can save some space by not storing the demangled name.  */ | 
|  | if (!copy_name) | 
|  | m_name = linkage_name.data (); | 
|  | else | 
|  | m_name = obstack_strndup (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | 
|  | linkage_name.data (), | 
|  | linkage_name.length ()); | 
|  | set_demangled_name (NULL, &per_bfd->storage_obstack); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash == NULL) | 
|  | create_demangled_names_hash (per_bfd); | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct demangled_name_entry entry (linkage_name); | 
|  | if (!hash.has_value ()) | 
|  | hash = hash_demangled_name_entry (&entry); | 
|  | slot = ((struct demangled_name_entry **) | 
|  | htab_find_slot_with_hash (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.get (), | 
|  | &entry, *hash, INSERT)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The const_cast is safe because the only reason it is already | 
|  | initialized is if we purposefully set it from a background | 
|  | thread to avoid doing the work here.  However, it is still | 
|  | allocated from the heap and needs to be freed by us, just | 
|  | like if we called symbol_find_demangled_name here.  If this is | 
|  | nullptr, we call symbol_find_demangled_name below, but we put | 
|  | this smart pointer here to be sure that we don't leak this name.  */ | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name | 
|  | (const_cast<char *> (language_specific.demangled_name)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this name is not in the hash table, add it.  */ | 
|  | if (*slot == NULL | 
|  | /* A C version of the symbol may have already snuck into the table. | 
|  | This happens to, e.g., main.init (__go_init_main).  Cope.  */ | 
|  | || (language () == language_go && (*slot)->demangled == nullptr)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* A 0-terminated copy of the linkage name.  Callers must set COPY_NAME | 
|  | to true if the string might not be nullterminated.  We have to make | 
|  | this copy because demangling needs a nullterminated string.  */ | 
|  | std::string_view linkage_name_copy; | 
|  | if (copy_name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | char *alloc_name = (char *) alloca (linkage_name.length () + 1); | 
|  | memcpy (alloc_name, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ()); | 
|  | alloc_name[linkage_name.length ()] = '\0'; | 
|  |  | 
|  | linkage_name_copy = std::string_view (alloc_name, | 
|  | linkage_name.length ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | linkage_name_copy = linkage_name; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (demangled_name.get () == nullptr) | 
|  | demangled_name | 
|  | = symbol_find_demangled_name (this, linkage_name_copy.data ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Suppose we have demangled_name==NULL, copy_name==0, and | 
|  | linkage_name_copy==linkage_name.  In this case, we already have the | 
|  | mangled name saved, and we don't have a demangled name.  So, | 
|  | you might think we could save a little space by not recording | 
|  | this in the hash table at all. | 
|  |  | 
|  | It turns out that it is actually important to still save such | 
|  | an entry in the hash table, because storing this name gives | 
|  | us better bcache hit rates for partial symbols.  */ | 
|  | if (!copy_name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | *slot | 
|  | = ((struct demangled_name_entry *) | 
|  | obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | 
|  | sizeof (demangled_name_entry))); | 
|  | new (*slot) demangled_name_entry (linkage_name); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If we must copy the mangled name, put it directly after | 
|  | the struct so we can have a single allocation.  */ | 
|  | *slot | 
|  | = ((struct demangled_name_entry *) | 
|  | obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | 
|  | sizeof (demangled_name_entry) | 
|  | + linkage_name.length () + 1)); | 
|  | char *mangled_ptr = reinterpret_cast<char *> (*slot + 1); | 
|  | memcpy (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ()); | 
|  | mangled_ptr [linkage_name.length ()] = '\0'; | 
|  | new (*slot) demangled_name_entry | 
|  | (std::string_view (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.length ())); | 
|  | } | 
|  | (*slot)->demangled = std::move (demangled_name); | 
|  | (*slot)->language = language (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (language () == language_unknown) | 
|  | m_language = (*slot)->language; | 
|  |  | 
|  | m_name = (*slot)->mangled.data (); | 
|  | set_demangled_name ((*slot)->demangled.get (), &per_bfd->storage_obstack); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | general_symbol_info::natural_name () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (language ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case language_cplus: | 
|  | case language_d: | 
|  | case language_go: | 
|  | case language_objc: | 
|  | case language_fortran: | 
|  | case language_rust: | 
|  | if (language_specific.demangled_name != nullptr) | 
|  | return language_specific.demangled_name; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case language_ada: | 
|  | return ada_decode_symbol (this); | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return linkage_name (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | general_symbol_info::demangled_name () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *dem_name = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (language ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case language_cplus: | 
|  | case language_d: | 
|  | case language_go: | 
|  | case language_objc: | 
|  | case language_fortran: | 
|  | case language_rust: | 
|  | dem_name = language_specific.demangled_name; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case language_ada: | 
|  | dem_name = ada_decode_symbol (this); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return dem_name; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | general_symbol_info::search_name () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (language () == language_ada) | 
|  | return linkage_name (); | 
|  | else | 
|  | return natural_name (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct obj_section * | 
|  | general_symbol_info::obj_section (const struct objfile *objfile) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (section_index () >= 0) | 
|  | return &objfile->sections_start[section_index ()]; | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | symbol_matches_search_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match | 
|  | = language_def (gsymbol->language ())->get_symbol_name_matcher (name); | 
|  | return name_match (gsymbol->search_name (), name, NULL); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return true if the two sections are the same, or if they could | 
|  | plausibly be copies of each other, one in an original object | 
|  | file and another in a separated debug file.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | matching_obj_sections (struct obj_section *obj_first, | 
|  | struct obj_section *obj_second) | 
|  | { | 
|  | asection *first = obj_first? obj_first->the_bfd_section : NULL; | 
|  | asection *second = obj_second? obj_second->the_bfd_section : NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If they're the same section, then they match.  */ | 
|  | if (first == second) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If either is NULL, give up.  */ | 
|  | if (first == NULL || second == NULL) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This doesn't apply to absolute symbols.  */ | 
|  | if (first->owner == NULL || second->owner == NULL) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If they're in the same object file, they must be different sections.  */ | 
|  | if (first->owner == second->owner) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check whether the two sections are potentially corresponding.  They must | 
|  | have the same size, address, and name.  We can't compare section indexes, | 
|  | which would be more reliable, because some sections may have been | 
|  | stripped.  */ | 
|  | if (bfd_section_size (first) != bfd_section_size (second)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* In-memory addresses may start at a different offset, relativize them.  */ | 
|  | if (bfd_section_vma (first) - bfd_get_start_address (first->owner) | 
|  | != bfd_section_vma (second) - bfd_get_start_address (second->owner)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (bfd_section_name (first) == NULL | 
|  | || bfd_section_name (second) == NULL | 
|  | || strcmp (bfd_section_name (first), bfd_section_name (second)) != 0) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Otherwise check that they are in corresponding objfiles.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct objfile *obj = NULL; | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | if (objfile->obfd == first->owner) | 
|  | { | 
|  | obj = objfile; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | gdb_assert (obj != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile != NULL | 
|  | && obj->separate_debug_objfile->obfd == second->owner) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != NULL | 
|  | && obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink->obfd == second->owner) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Hash function for the symbol cache.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static unsigned int | 
|  | hash_symbol_entry (const struct objfile *objfile_context, | 
|  | const char *name, domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | unsigned int hash = (uintptr_t) objfile_context; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (name != NULL) | 
|  | hash += htab_hash_string (name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | hash += domain * 7; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return hash; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Equality function for the symbol cache.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | eq_symbol_entry (const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | 
|  | const struct objfile *objfile_context, | 
|  | const char *name, domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *slot_name; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (slot->objfile_context != objfile_context) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | domain_search_flags slot_domain = slot->domain; | 
|  | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | 
|  | slot_name = slot->value.name; | 
|  | else | 
|  | slot_name = slot->value.found.symbol->search_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* NULL names match.  */ | 
|  | if (slot_name == NULL && name == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* But there's no point in calling symbol_matches_domain in the | 
|  | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND case.  */ | 
|  | if (slot_domain != domain) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (slot_name != NULL && name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* It's important that we use the same comparison that was done | 
|  | the first time through.  If the slot records a found symbol, | 
|  | then this means using the symbol name comparison function of | 
|  | the symbol's language with symbol->search_name ().  See | 
|  | dictionary.c. | 
|  |  | 
|  | If the slot records a not-found symbol, then require a precise match. | 
|  | We could still be lax with whitespace like strcmp_iw though.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (slot_domain != domain) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (strcmp (slot_name, name) != 0) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym = slot->value.found.symbol; | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!symbol_matches_search_name (sym, lookup_name)) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Only one name is NULL.  */ | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given a cache of size SIZE, return the size of the struct (with variable | 
|  | length array) in bytes.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static size_t | 
|  | symbol_cache_byte_size (unsigned int size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return (sizeof (struct block_symbol_cache) | 
|  | + ((size - 1) * sizeof (struct symbol_cache_slot))); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Resize CACHE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | resize_symbol_cache (struct symbol_cache *cache, unsigned int new_size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If there's no change in size, don't do anything. | 
|  | All caches have the same size, so we can just compare with the size | 
|  | of the global symbols cache.  */ | 
|  | if ((cache->global_symbols != NULL | 
|  | && cache->global_symbols->size == new_size) | 
|  | || (cache->global_symbols == NULL | 
|  | && new_size == 0)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->global_symbols); | 
|  | destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->static_symbols); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (new_size == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | cache->global_symbols = NULL; | 
|  | cache->static_symbols = NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | size_t total_size = symbol_cache_byte_size (new_size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | cache->global_symbols | 
|  | = (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size); | 
|  | cache->static_symbols | 
|  | = (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size); | 
|  | cache->global_symbols->size = new_size; | 
|  | cache->static_symbols->size = new_size; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the symbol cache of PSPACE. | 
|  | Create one if it doesn't exist yet.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct symbol_cache * | 
|  | get_symbol_cache (struct program_space *pspace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (cache == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | cache = symbol_cache_key.emplace (pspace); | 
|  | resize_symbol_cache (cache, symbol_cache_size); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return cache; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Set the size of the symbol cache in all program spaces.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | set_symbol_cache_size (unsigned int new_size) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The pspace could have been created but not have a cache yet.  */ | 
|  | if (cache != NULL) | 
|  | resize_symbol_cache (cache, new_size); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Called when symbol-cache-size is set.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | set_symbol_cache_size_handler (const char *args, int from_tty, | 
|  | struct cmd_list_element *c) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (new_symbol_cache_size > MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Restore the previous value. | 
|  | This is the value the "show" command prints.  */ | 
|  | new_symbol_cache_size = symbol_cache_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | error (_("Symbol cache size is too large, max is %u."), | 
|  | MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE); | 
|  | } | 
|  | symbol_cache_size = new_symbol_cache_size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | set_symbol_cache_size (symbol_cache_size); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Lookup symbol NAME,DOMAIN in BLOCK in the symbol cache of PSPACE. | 
|  | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile, which may be NULL. | 
|  | The result is the symbol if found, SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED if a previous lookup | 
|  | failed (and thus this one will too), or NULL if the symbol is not present | 
|  | in the cache. | 
|  | *BSC_PTR and *SLOT_PTR are set to the cache and slot of the symbol, which | 
|  | can be used to save the result of a full lookup attempt.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | symbol_cache_lookup (struct symbol_cache *cache, | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile_context, enum block_enum block, | 
|  | const char *name, domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache **bsc_ptr, | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot **slot_ptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; | 
|  | unsigned int hash; | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK) | 
|  | bsc = cache->global_symbols; | 
|  | else | 
|  | bsc = cache->static_symbols; | 
|  | if (bsc == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | *bsc_ptr = NULL; | 
|  | *slot_ptr = NULL; | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | hash = hash_symbol_entry (objfile_context, name, domain); | 
|  | slot = bsc->symbols + hash % bsc->size; | 
|  |  | 
|  | *bsc_ptr = bsc; | 
|  | *slot_ptr = slot; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (eq_symbol_entry (slot, objfile_context, name, domain)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("%s block symbol cache hit%s for %s, %s", | 
|  | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", | 
|  | slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND | 
|  | ? " (not found)" : "", name, | 
|  | domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  | ++bsc->hits; | 
|  | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | 
|  | return SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED; | 
|  | return slot->value.found; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Symbol is not present in the cache.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("%s block symbol cache miss for %s, %s", | 
|  | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", | 
|  | name, domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  | ++bsc->misses; | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Mark SYMBOL as found in SLOT. | 
|  | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL | 
|  | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK).  It is *not* | 
|  | necessarily the objfile the symbol was found in.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_mark_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile_context, | 
|  | struct symbol *symbol, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (bsc == NULL) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ++bsc->collisions; | 
|  | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); | 
|  | } | 
|  | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND; | 
|  | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; | 
|  | slot->value.found.symbol = symbol; | 
|  | slot->value.found.block = block; | 
|  | slot->domain = domain; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Mark symbol NAME, DOMAIN as not found in SLOT. | 
|  | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL | 
|  | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile_context, | 
|  | const char *name, domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (bsc == NULL) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ++bsc->collisions; | 
|  | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); | 
|  | } | 
|  | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND; | 
|  | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; | 
|  | slot->value.name = xstrdup (name); | 
|  | slot->domain = domain; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Flush the symbol cache of PSPACE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_flush (struct program_space *pspace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ada_clear_symbol_cache (pspace); | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | 
|  | int pass; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (cache == NULL) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (symbol_cache_size == 0); | 
|  | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols == NULL); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the cache is untouched since the last flush, early exit. | 
|  | This is important for performance during the startup of a program linked | 
|  | with 100s (or 1000s) of shared libraries.  */ | 
|  | if (cache->global_symbols->misses == 0 | 
|  | && cache->static_symbols->misses == 0) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (cache->global_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); | 
|  | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | 
|  | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | 
|  | unsigned int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) | 
|  | symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | cache->global_symbols->hits = 0; | 
|  | cache->global_symbols->misses = 0; | 
|  | cache->global_symbols->collisions = 0; | 
|  | cache->static_symbols->hits = 0; | 
|  | cache->static_symbols->misses = 0; | 
|  | cache->static_symbols->collisions = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Dump CACHE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_dump (const struct symbol_cache *cache) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int pass; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  <disabled>\n"); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | 
|  | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | 
|  | unsigned int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (pass == 0) | 
|  | gdb_printf ("Global symbols:\n"); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf ("Static symbols:\n"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot = &bsc->symbols[i]; | 
|  |  | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (slot->state) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED: | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND: | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  [%4u] = %s, %s %s (not found)\n", i, | 
|  | host_address_to_string (slot->objfile_context), | 
|  | slot->value.name, | 
|  | domain_name (slot->domain).c_str ()); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND: | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *found = slot->value.found.symbol; | 
|  | const struct objfile *context = slot->objfile_context; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  [%4u] = %s, %s %s\n", i, | 
|  | host_address_to_string (context), | 
|  | found->print_name (), | 
|  | domain_name (found->domain ())); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The "mt print symbol-cache" command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | maintenance_print_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("Symbol cache for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), | 
|  | pspace->num, | 
|  | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL | 
|  | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) | 
|  | : "(no object file)"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one.  */ | 
|  | cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | 
|  | if (cache == NULL) | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  <empty>\n"); | 
|  | else | 
|  | symbol_cache_dump (cache); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The "mt flush-symbol-cache" command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_cache_flush (pspace); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Print usage statistics of CACHE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symbol_cache_stats (struct symbol_cache *cache) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int pass; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  <disabled>\n"); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | 
|  | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | 
|  |  | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (pass == 0) | 
|  | gdb_printf ("Global block cache stats:\n"); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf ("Static block cache stats:\n"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  size:       %u\n", bsc->size); | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  hits:       %u\n", bsc->hits); | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  misses:     %u\n", bsc->misses); | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  collisions: %u\n", bsc->collisions); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The "mt print symbol-cache-statistics" command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (struct program_space *pspace : program_spaces) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("Symbol cache statistics for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), | 
|  | pspace->num, | 
|  | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL | 
|  | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) | 
|  | : "(no object file)"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one.  */ | 
|  | cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | 
|  | if (cache == NULL) | 
|  | gdb_printf ("  empty, no stats available\n"); | 
|  | else | 
|  | symbol_cache_stats (cache); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This module's 'new_objfile' observer.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symtab_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_cache_flush (objfile->pspace ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This module's 'all_objfiles_removed' observer.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symtab_all_objfiles_removed (program_space *pspace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_cache_flush (pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Forget everything we know about the main function.  */ | 
|  | main_progspace_key.clear (pspace); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This module's 'free_objfile' observer.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symtab_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_cache_flush (objfile->pspace ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (sym != nullptr); | 
|  | gdb_assert (sym->is_objfile_owned ()); | 
|  | gdb_assert (objfile != nullptr); | 
|  | gdb_assert (sym->section_index () == -1); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Note that if this ends up as -1, fixup_section will handle that | 
|  | reasonably well.  So, it's fine to use the objfile's section | 
|  | index without doing the check that is done by the wrapper macros | 
|  | like SECT_OFF_TEXT.  */ | 
|  | int fallback; | 
|  | switch (sym->aclass ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case LOC_STATIC: | 
|  | fallback = objfile->sect_index_data; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | case LOC_LABEL: | 
|  | fallback = objfile->sect_index_text; | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | default: | 
|  | /* Nothing else will be listed in the minsyms -- no use looking | 
|  | it up.  */ | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR addr = sym->value_address (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct minimal_symbol *msym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First, check whether a minimal symbol with the same name exists | 
|  | and points to the same address.  The address check is required | 
|  | e.g. on PowerPC64, where the minimal symbol for a function will | 
|  | point to the function descriptor, while the debug symbol will | 
|  | point to the actual function code.  */ | 
|  | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_name (addr, sym->linkage_name (), | 
|  | objfile); | 
|  | if (msym) | 
|  | sym->set_section_index (msym->section_index ()); | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Static, function-local variables do appear in the linker | 
|  | (minimal) symbols, but are frequently given names that won't | 
|  | be found via lookup_minimal_symbol().  E.g., it has been | 
|  | observed in frv-uclinux (ELF) executables that a static, | 
|  | function-local variable named "foo" might appear in the | 
|  | linker symbols as "foo.6" or "foo.3".  Thus, there is no | 
|  | point in attempting to extend the lookup-by-name mechanism to | 
|  | handle this case due to the fact that there can be multiple | 
|  | names. | 
|  |  | 
|  | So, instead, search the section table when lookup by name has | 
|  | failed.  The ``addr'' and ``endaddr'' fields may have already | 
|  | been relocated.  If so, the relocation offset needs to be | 
|  | subtracted from these values when performing the comparison. | 
|  | We unconditionally subtract it, because, when no relocation | 
|  | has been performed, the value will simply be zero. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The address of the symbol whose section we're fixing up HAS | 
|  | NOT BEEN adjusted (relocated) yet.  It can't have been since | 
|  | the section isn't yet known and knowing the section is | 
|  | necessary in order to add the correct relocation value.  In | 
|  | other words, we wouldn't even be in this function (attempting | 
|  | to compute the section) if it were already known. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that it is possible to search the minimal symbols | 
|  | (subtracting the relocation value if necessary) to find the | 
|  | matching minimal symbol, but this is overkill and much less | 
|  | efficient.  It is not necessary to find the matching minimal | 
|  | symbol, only its section. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Note that this technique (of doing a section table search) | 
|  | can fail when unrelocated section addresses overlap.  For | 
|  | this reason, we still attempt a lookup by name prior to doing | 
|  | a search of the section table.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (obj_section *s : objfile->sections ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if ((bfd_section_flags (s->the_bfd_section) & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | int idx = s - objfile->sections_start; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR offset = objfile->section_offsets[idx]; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (fallback == -1) | 
|  | fallback = idx; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (s->addr () - offset <= addr && addr < s->endaddr () - offset) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sym->set_section_index (idx); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we didn't find the section, assume it is in the first | 
|  | section.  If there is no allocated section, then it hardly | 
|  | matters what we pick, so just pick zero.  */ | 
|  | if (fallback == -1) | 
|  | sym->set_section_index (0); | 
|  | else | 
|  | sym->set_section_index (fallback); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | demangle_for_lookup_info::demangle_for_lookup_info | 
|  | (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, language lang) | 
|  | { | 
|  | demangle_result_storage storage; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (lookup_name.ignore_parameters () && lang == language_cplus) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> without_params | 
|  | = cp_remove_params_if_any (lookup_name.c_str (), | 
|  | lookup_name.completion_mode ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (without_params != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (lookup_name.match_type () != symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME) | 
|  | m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (without_params.get (), | 
|  | lang, storage); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (lookup_name.match_type () == symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME) | 
|  | m_demangled_name = lookup_name.c_str (); | 
|  | else | 
|  | m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (lookup_name.c_str (), | 
|  | lang, storage); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const lookup_name_info & | 
|  | lookup_name_info::match_any () | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Lookup any symbol that "" would complete.  I.e., this matches all | 
|  | symbol names.  */ | 
|  | static const lookup_name_info lookup_name ("", symbol_name_match_type::WILD, | 
|  | true); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return lookup_name; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | unsigned int | 
|  | lookup_name_info::search_name_hash (language lang) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This works around an obscure problem.  If currently in Ada mode, | 
|  | and the name is wrapped in '<...>' (indicating verbatim mode), | 
|  | force the use of the Ada language here so that the '<' and '>' | 
|  | will be removed.  */ | 
|  | if (current_language->la_language == language_ada && ada ().verbatim_p ()) | 
|  | lang = language_ada; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Only compute each language's hash once.  */ | 
|  | if (!m_demangled_hashes_p[lang]) | 
|  | { | 
|  | m_demangled_hashes[lang] | 
|  | = ::search_name_hash (lang, language_lookup_name (lang)); | 
|  | m_demangled_hashes_p[lang] = true; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return m_demangled_hashes[lang]; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Compute the demangled form of NAME as used by the various symbol | 
|  | lookup functions.  The result can either be the input NAME | 
|  | directly, or a pointer to a buffer owned by the STORAGE object. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For Ada, this function just returns NAME, unmodified. | 
|  | Normally, Ada symbol lookups are performed using the encoded name | 
|  | rather than the demangled name, and so it might seem to make sense | 
|  | for this function to return an encoded version of NAME. | 
|  | Unfortunately, we cannot do this, because this function is used in | 
|  | circumstances where it is not appropriate to try to encode NAME. | 
|  | For instance, when displaying the frame info, we demangle the name | 
|  | of each parameter, and then perform a symbol lookup inside our | 
|  | function using that demangled name.  In Ada, certain functions | 
|  | have internally-generated parameters whose name contain uppercase | 
|  | characters.  Encoding those name would result in those uppercase | 
|  | characters to become lowercase, and thus cause the symbol lookup | 
|  | to fail.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | demangle_for_lookup (const char *name, enum language lang, | 
|  | demangle_result_storage &storage) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If we are using C++, D, or Go, demangle the name before doing a | 
|  | lookup, so we can always binary search.  */ | 
|  | if (lang == language_cplus) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name | 
|  | = gdb_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); | 
|  | if (demangled_name != NULL) | 
|  | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we were given a non-mangled name, canonicalize it | 
|  | according to the language (so far only for C++).  */ | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> canon = cp_canonicalize_string (name); | 
|  | if (canon != nullptr) | 
|  | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (canon)); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (lang == language_d) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name = d_demangle (name, 0); | 
|  | if (demangled_name != NULL) | 
|  | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name)); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (lang == language_go) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name | 
|  | = language_def (language_go)->demangle_symbol (name, 0); | 
|  | if (demangled_name != NULL) | 
|  | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (std::move (demangled_name)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return name; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | unsigned int | 
|  | search_name_hash (enum language language, const char *search_name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return language_def (language)->search_name_hash (search_name); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This function (or rather its subordinates) have a bunch of loops and | 
|  | it would seem to be attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really | 
|  | sure whether it can run long enough to be really important).  But there | 
|  | are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit | 
|  | out of here: e.g., find_proc_desc in alpha-mdebug-tdep.c.  (Note | 
|  | that there is C++ code below which can error(), but that probably | 
|  | doesn't affect these calls since they are looking for a known | 
|  | variable and thus can probably assume it will never hit the C++ | 
|  | code).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_language (const char *name, const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | enum language lang, | 
|  | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | 
|  | { | 
|  | SYMBOL_LOOKUP_SCOPED_DEBUG_ENTER_EXIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | demangle_result_storage storage; | 
|  | const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (name, lang, storage); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | 
|  | block, domain, lang, | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, | 
|  | domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, | 
|  | current_language->la_language, | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_search_name (const char *search_name, const struct block *block, | 
|  | domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return lookup_symbol_aux (search_name, symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME, | 
|  | block, domain, language_asm, NULL); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_language_this (const struct language_defn *lang, | 
|  | const struct block *block) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (lang->name_of_this () == NULL || block == NULL) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("lookup_language_this (%s, %s (objfile %s))", | 
|  | lang->name (), host_address_to_string (block), | 
|  | objfile_debug_name (block->objfile ())); | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info this_name (lang->name_of_this (), | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME); | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (block) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, this_name, SEARCH_VFT); | 
|  | if (sym != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_language_this (...) = %s (%s, block %s)", | 
|  | sym->print_name (), host_address_to_string (sym), | 
|  | host_address_to_string (block)); | 
|  | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (block->function ()) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | block = block->superblock (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("lookup_language_this (...) = NULL"); | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given TYPE, a structure/union, | 
|  | return 1 if the component named NAME from the ultimate target | 
|  | structure/union is defined, otherwise, return 0.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | check_field (struct type *type, const char *name, | 
|  | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The type may be a stub.  */ | 
|  | type = check_typedef (type); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = type->num_fields () - 1; i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i--) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *t_field_name = type->field (i).name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (t_field_name && (strcmp_iw (t_field_name, name) == 0)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this->field = &type->field (i); | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* C++: If it was not found as a data field, then try to return it | 
|  | as a pointer to a method.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; --i) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (strcmp_iw (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, i), name) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; | 
|  | is_a_field_of_this->fn_field = &TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, i); | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | 
|  | if (check_field (TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i), name, is_a_field_of_this)) | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Behave like lookup_symbol except that NAME is the natural name | 
|  | (e.g., demangled name) of the symbol that we're looking for.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, enum language language, | 
|  | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | 
|  | { | 
|  | SYMBOL_LOOKUP_SCOPED_DEBUG_ENTER_EXIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  | const struct language_defn *langdef; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = (block == nullptr | 
|  | ? nullptr : block->objfile ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("demangled symbol name = \"%s\", block @ %s (objfile %s)", | 
|  | name, host_address_to_string (block), | 
|  | objfile != NULL ? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL"); | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("domain name = \"%s\", language = \"%s\")", | 
|  | domain_name (domain).c_str (), language_str (language)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | langdef = language_def (language); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Search specified block and its superiors.  Don't search | 
|  | STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_local_symbol (name, match_type, block, domain, langdef); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("found symbol @ %s (using lookup_local_symbol)", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If requested to do so by the caller and if appropriate for LANGUAGE, | 
|  | check to see if NAME is a field of `this'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Don't do this check if we are searching for a struct.  It will | 
|  | not be found by check_field, but will be found by other | 
|  | means.  */ | 
|  | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL && (domain & SEARCH_STRUCT_DOMAIN) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | result = lookup_language_this (langdef, block); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (result.symbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct type *t = result.symbol->type (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* I'm not really sure that type of this can ever | 
|  | be typedefed; just be safe.  */ | 
|  | t = check_typedef (t); | 
|  | if (t->is_pointer_or_reference ()) | 
|  | t = t->target_type (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (t->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT | 
|  | && t->code () != TYPE_CODE_UNION) | 
|  | error (_("Internal error: `%s' is not an aggregate"), | 
|  | langdef->name_of_this ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (check_field (t, name, is_a_field_of_this)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("no symbol found"); | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now do whatever is appropriate for LANGUAGE to look | 
|  | up static and global variables.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = langdef->lookup_symbol_nonlocal (name, block, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("found symbol @ %s (using language lookup_symbol_nonlocal)", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now search all static file-level symbols.  Not strictly correct, | 
|  | but more useful than an error.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_static_symbol (name, domain); | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("found symbol @ %s (using lookup_static_symbol)", | 
|  | result.symbol != NULL ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) : "NULL"); | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in BLOCK or its superiors. | 
|  | Don't search STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | const struct language_defn *langdef) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (block == nullptr) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *scope = block->scope (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (!block->is_global_block () && !block->is_static_block ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, match_type, | 
|  | block, domain); | 
|  | if (sym != NULL) | 
|  | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol *function = block->function (); | 
|  | if (function != nullptr && function->is_template_function ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct template_symbol *templ = (struct template_symbol *) function; | 
|  | sym = search_symbol_list (name, | 
|  | templ->n_template_arguments, | 
|  | templ->template_arguments); | 
|  | if (sym != nullptr) | 
|  | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol blocksym | 
|  | = langdef->lookup_symbol_local (scope, name, block, domain); | 
|  | if (blocksym.symbol != nullptr) | 
|  | return blocksym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (block->inlined_p ()) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | block = block->superblock (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We've reached the end of the function without finding a result.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol * | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_block (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | enter_symbol_lookup tmp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol *sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile | 
|  | = block == nullptr ? nullptr : block->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_block (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s)", | 
|  | name, host_address_to_string (block), | 
|  | objfile != nullptr ? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL", | 
|  | domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, match_type); | 
|  | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, lookup_name, domain); | 
|  | if (sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("lookup_symbol_in_block (...) = %s", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (sym)); | 
|  | return sym; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("lookup_symbol_in_block (...) = NULL"); | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_global_symbol_from_objfile (struct objfile *main_objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | const char *name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | enter_symbol_lookup tmp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol result | 
|  | = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, block_index, name, domain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (result.symbol != nullptr) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in one of the OBJFILE's | 
|  | symtabs.  BLOCK_INDEX should be either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | depending on whether or not we want to search global symbols or | 
|  | static symbols.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (%s, %s, %s, %s)", | 
|  | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | 
|  | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | 
|  | name, domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol other; | 
|  | other.symbol = NULL; | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv; | 
|  | const struct block *block; | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | block = bv->block (block_index); | 
|  | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol_primary (block, name, domain); | 
|  | result.block = block; | 
|  | if (result.symbol == NULL) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | if (best_symbol (result.symbol, domain)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | other = result; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (result.symbol->matches (domain)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *better | 
|  | = better_symbol (other.symbol, result.symbol, domain); | 
|  | if (better != other.symbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | other.symbol = better; | 
|  | other.block = block; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (other.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (...) = %s (block %s)", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (other.symbol), | 
|  | host_address_to_string (other.block)); | 
|  | return other; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (...) = NULL"); | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Wrapper around lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs for search_symbols. | 
|  | Look up LINKAGE_NAME in DOMAIN in the global and static blocks of OBJFILE | 
|  | and all associated separate debug objfiles. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Normally we only look in OBJFILE, and not any separate debug objfiles | 
|  | because the outer loop will cause them to be searched too.  This case is | 
|  | different.  Here we're called from search_symbols where it will only | 
|  | call us for the objfile that contains a matching minsym.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | const char *linkage_name, | 
|  | domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | enum language lang = current_language->la_language; | 
|  | struct objfile *main_objfile; | 
|  |  | 
|  | demangle_result_storage storage; | 
|  | const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (linkage_name, lang, storage); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink) | 
|  | main_objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; | 
|  | else | 
|  | main_objfile = objfile; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (::objfile *cur_objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, | 
|  | modified_name, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol == NULL) | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | modified_name, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A helper function that throws an exception when a symbol was found | 
|  | in a psymtab but not in a symtab.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | [[noreturn]] static void | 
|  | error_in_psymtab_expansion (enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *cust) | 
|  | { | 
|  | error (_("\ | 
|  | Internal: %s symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\ | 
|  | %s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n	 \ | 
|  | (if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."), | 
|  | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "global" : "static", | 
|  | name, | 
|  | symtab_to_filename_for_display (cust->primary_filetab ()), | 
|  | name, name); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A helper function for various lookup routines that interfaces with | 
|  | the "quick" symbol table functions.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv; | 
|  | const struct block *block; | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (%s, %s, %s, %s)", | 
|  | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | 
|  | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | 
|  | name, domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); | 
|  | cust = objfile->lookup_symbol (block_index, lookup_name, domain); | 
|  | if (cust == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = NULL"); | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | block = bv->block (block_index); | 
|  | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol (block, lookup_name, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol == NULL) | 
|  | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = %s (block %s)", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (result.symbol), | 
|  | host_address_to_string (block)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | result.block = block; | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See language.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | language_defn::lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* NOTE: dje/2014-10-26: The lookup in all objfiles search could skip | 
|  | the current objfile.  Searching the current objfile first is useful | 
|  | for both matching user expectations as well as performance.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_in_static_block (name, block, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we didn't find a definition for a builtin type in the static block, | 
|  | search for it now.  This is actually the right thing to do and can be | 
|  | a massive performance win.  E.g., when debugging a program with lots of | 
|  | shared libraries we could search all of them only to find out the | 
|  | builtin type isn't defined in any of them.  This is common for types | 
|  | like "void".  */ | 
|  | if ((domain & SEARCH_TYPE_DOMAIN) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (block == NULL) | 
|  | gdbarch = current_inferior ()->arch (); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdbarch = block->gdbarch (); | 
|  | result.symbol = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (this, | 
|  | gdbarch, name); | 
|  | result.block = NULL; | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return lookup_global_symbol (name, block, domain); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_static_block (const char *name, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (block == nullptr) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const struct block *static_block = block->static_block (); | 
|  | struct symbol *sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (static_block == NULL) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = (block == nullptr | 
|  | ? nullptr : block->objfile ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_static_block (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s)", | 
|  | name, host_address_to_string (block), | 
|  | objfile != nullptr ? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL", | 
|  | domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | 
|  | static_block, domain); | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("lookup_symbol_in_static_block (...) = %s", | 
|  | sym != NULL | 
|  | ? host_address_to_string (sym) : "NULL"); | 
|  | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, static_block}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Perform the standard symbol lookup of NAME in OBJFILE: | 
|  | 1) First search expanded symtabs, and if not found | 
|  | 2) Search the "quick" symtabs (partial or .gdb_index). | 
|  | BLOCK_INDEX is one of GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | const char *name, const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile (%s, %s, %s, %s)", | 
|  | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | 
|  | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK | 
|  | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | 
|  | name, domain_name (domain).c_str ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (objfile, block_index, | 
|  | name, domain); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf | 
|  | ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s (in symtabs)", | 
|  | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (objfile, block_index, | 
|  | name, domain); | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf ("lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s%s", | 
|  | result.symbol != NULL | 
|  | ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) | 
|  | : "NULL", | 
|  | result.symbol != NULL ? " (via quick fns)" | 
|  | : ""); | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This function contains the common code of lookup_{global,static}_symbol. | 
|  | OBJFILE is only used if BLOCK_INDEX is GLOBAL_SCOPE, in which case it is | 
|  | the objfile to start the lookup in.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_global_or_static_symbol (const char *name, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol_cache *cache = get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); | 
|  | struct block_symbol result; | 
|  | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; | 
|  | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | 
|  | gdb_assert (objfile == nullptr || block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First see if we can find the symbol in the cache. | 
|  | This works because we use the current objfile to qualify the lookup.  */ | 
|  | result = symbol_cache_lookup (cache, objfile, block_index, name, domain, | 
|  | &bsc, &slot); | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P (result)) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | enter_symbol_lookup tmp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Do a global search (of global blocks, heh).  */ | 
|  | if (result.symbol == NULL) | 
|  | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order | 
|  | (objfile != NULL ? objfile->arch () : current_inferior ()->arch (), | 
|  | [&result, block_index, name, domain] (struct objfile *objfile_iter) | 
|  | { | 
|  | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile_iter, block_index, | 
|  | name, domain); | 
|  | return result.symbol != nullptr; | 
|  | }, | 
|  | objfile); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (result.symbol != NULL) | 
|  | symbol_cache_mark_found (bsc, slot, objfile, result.symbol, result.block, | 
|  | domain); | 
|  | else | 
|  | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (bsc, slot, objfile, name, domain); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_static_symbol (const char *name, const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, STATIC_BLOCK, nullptr, domain); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct block_symbol | 
|  | lookup_global_symbol (const char *name, | 
|  | const struct block *block, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If a block was passed in, we want to search the corresponding | 
|  | global block first.  This yields "more expected" behavior, and is | 
|  | needed to support 'FILENAME'::VARIABLE lookups.  */ | 
|  | const struct block *global_block | 
|  | = block == nullptr ? nullptr : block->global_block (); | 
|  | symbol *sym = NULL; | 
|  | if (global_block != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | 
|  | global_block, domain); | 
|  | if (sym != NULL && best_symbol (sym, domain)) | 
|  | return { sym, global_block }; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = nullptr; | 
|  | if (block != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | objfile = block->objfile (); | 
|  | if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != nullptr) | 
|  | objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | block_symbol bs | 
|  | = lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, GLOBAL_BLOCK, objfile, domain); | 
|  | if (better_symbol (sym, bs.symbol, domain) == sym) | 
|  | return { sym, global_block }; | 
|  | else | 
|  | return bs; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | symbol::matches (domain_search_flags flags) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* C++ has a typedef for every tag, and the types are in the struct | 
|  | domain.  */ | 
|  | if (language () == language_cplus && (flags & SEARCH_TYPE_DOMAIN) != 0) | 
|  | flags |= SEARCH_STRUCT_DOMAIN; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return search_flags_matches (flags, m_domain); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct type * | 
|  | lookup_transparent_type (const char *name, domain_search_flags flags) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return current_language->lookup_transparent_type (name, flags); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A helper for basic_lookup_transparent_type that interfaces with the | 
|  | "quick" symbol table functions.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct type * | 
|  | basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | domain_search_flags flags, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv; | 
|  | const struct block *block; | 
|  | struct symbol *sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | cust = objfile->lookup_symbol (block_index, name, flags); | 
|  | if (cust == NULL) | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | block = bv->block (block_index); | 
|  |  | 
|  | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, flags, nullptr); | 
|  | if (sym == nullptr) | 
|  | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name.c_str (), cust); | 
|  | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (sym->type ())); | 
|  | return sym->type (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Subroutine of basic_lookup_transparent_type to simplify it. | 
|  | Look up the non-opaque definition of NAME in BLOCK_INDEX of OBJFILE. | 
|  | BLOCK_INDEX is either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct type * | 
|  | basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (struct objfile *objfile, | 
|  | enum block_enum block_index, | 
|  | domain_search_flags flags, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &name) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv; | 
|  | const struct block *block; | 
|  | const struct symbol *sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | block = bv->block (block_index); | 
|  | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, flags, nullptr); | 
|  | if (sym != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (sym->type ())); | 
|  | return sym->type (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The standard implementation of lookup_transparent_type.  This code | 
|  | was modeled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking | 
|  | up types were just left out.  In particular it's assumed here that | 
|  | types are available in STRUCT_DOMAIN and only in file-static or | 
|  | global blocks.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct type * | 
|  | basic_lookup_transparent_type (const char *name, domain_search_flags flags) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct type *t; | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now search all the global symbols.  Do the symtab's first, then | 
|  | check the psymtab's.  If a psymtab indicates the existence | 
|  | of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab | 
|  | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, | 
|  | flags, lookup_name); | 
|  | if (t) | 
|  | return t; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, | 
|  | flags, lookup_name); | 
|  | if (t) | 
|  | return t; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now search the static file-level symbols. | 
|  | Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error. | 
|  | Do the symtab's first, then | 
|  | check the psymtab's.  If a psymtab indicates the existence | 
|  | of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab | 
|  | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | flags, lookup_name); | 
|  | if (t) | 
|  | return t; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | flags, lookup_name); | 
|  | if (t) | 
|  | return t; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return (struct type *) 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (block, &name)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sym->matches (domain)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct block_symbol block_sym = {sym, block}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!callback (&block_sym)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | iterate_over_symbols_terminated | 
|  | (const struct block *block, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &name, | 
|  | const domain_search_flags domain, | 
|  | gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!iterate_over_symbols (block, name, domain, callback)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | struct block_symbol block_sym = {nullptr, block}; | 
|  | return callback (&block_sym); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC and SECTION. | 
|  | This will read in debug info as necessary.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab * | 
|  | find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *best_cust = NULL; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR best_cust_range = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure.  This is | 
|  | necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code | 
|  | addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because | 
|  | we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based | 
|  | on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow.  */ | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol msymbol | 
|  | = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section); | 
|  | if (msymbol.minsym && msymbol.minsym->data_p ()) | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which | 
|  | is the smallest of all the ones containing the address.  This is designed | 
|  | to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000 | 
|  | and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000.  So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from | 
|  | 0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files | 
|  | gets its own symtab.  The symtab for the included file should have | 
|  | been read in already via the dependency mechanism. | 
|  | It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name | 
|  | like xcoff does (I'm not sure). | 
|  |  | 
|  | It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered. | 
|  | For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *obj_file : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cust : obj_file->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | const struct block *global_block = bv->global_block (); | 
|  | CORE_ADDR start = global_block->start (); | 
|  | CORE_ADDR end = global_block->end (); | 
|  | bool in_range_p = start <= pc && pc < end; | 
|  | if (!in_range_p) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (bv->map () != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (bv->map ()->find (pc) == nullptr) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return cust; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR range = end - start; | 
|  | if (best_cust != nullptr | 
|  | && range >= best_cust_range) | 
|  | /* Cust doesn't have a smaller range than best_cust, skip it.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* For an objfile that has its functions reordered, | 
|  | find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table | 
|  | and we simply return its corresponding symtab.  */ | 
|  | /* In order to better support objfiles that contain both | 
|  | stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab | 
|  | can't be found.  */ | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *result | 
|  | = obj_file->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (msymbol, pc, | 
|  | section, 0); | 
|  | if (result != nullptr) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (section != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *found_sym = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (int b_index = GLOBAL_BLOCK; | 
|  | b_index <= STATIC_BLOCK && found_sym == nullptr; | 
|  | ++b_index) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct block *b = bv->block (b_index); | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (b)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (matching_obj_sections (sym->obj_section (obj_file), | 
|  | section)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | found_sym = sym; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (found_sym == nullptr) | 
|  | continue;		/* No symbol in this symtab matches | 
|  | section.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Cust is best found so far, save it.  */ | 
|  | best_cust = cust; | 
|  | best_cust_range = range; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (best_cust != NULL) | 
|  | return best_cust; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Not found in symtabs, search the "quick" symtabs (e.g. psymtabs).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objf : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *result | 
|  | = objf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (msymbol, pc, section, 1); | 
|  | if (result != NULL) | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC. | 
|  | This will read in debug info as necessary. | 
|  | Backward compatibility, no section.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab * | 
|  | find_pc_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symbol * | 
|  | find_symbol_at_address (CORE_ADDR address) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* A helper function to search a given symtab for a symbol matching | 
|  | ADDR.  */ | 
|  | auto search_symtab = [] (compunit_symtab *symtab, CORE_ADDR addr) -> symbol * | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv = symtab->blockvector (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (int i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; ++i) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct block *b = bv->block (i); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (b)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sym->aclass () == LOC_STATIC | 
|  | && sym->value_address () == addr) | 
|  | return sym; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | return nullptr; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If this objfile was read with -readnow, then we need to | 
|  | search the symtabs directly.  */ | 
|  | if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_READNOW) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *symtab : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym = search_symtab (symtab, address); | 
|  | if (sym != nullptr) | 
|  | return sym; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *symtab | 
|  | = objfile->find_compunit_symtab_by_address (address); | 
|  | if (symtab != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym = search_symtab (symtab, address); | 
|  | if (sym != nullptr) | 
|  | return sym; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION. | 
|  | Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number, | 
|  | and a pc range for the entire source line. | 
|  | The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc. | 
|  | NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary, | 
|  | use the line that ends there.  Otherwise, in that case, the line | 
|  | that begins there is used.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just | 
|  | before the start of another file.  This usually occurs when you #include | 
|  | code in the middle of a subroutine.  To properly find the end of a line's PC | 
|  | range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and | 
|  | find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this | 
|  | symtab.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line | 
|  | find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section, int notcurrent) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | 
|  | const linetable *l; | 
|  | int len; | 
|  | const linetable_entry *item; | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const linetable_entry *best = NULL; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR best_end = 0; | 
|  | struct symtab *best_symtab = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Store here the first line number | 
|  | of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC. | 
|  | If we don't find a line whose range contains PC, | 
|  | we will use a line one less than this, | 
|  | with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc.  */ | 
|  | const linetable_entry *alt = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Info on best line seen in this file.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const linetable_entry *prev; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If this pc is not from the current frame, | 
|  | it is the address of the end of a call instruction. | 
|  | Quite likely that is the start of the following statement. | 
|  | But what we want is the statement containing the instruction. | 
|  | Fudge the pc to make sure we get that.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for | 
|  | any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line | 
|  | number info, either.  However, GAS can emit line number info for | 
|  | assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written | 
|  | assembly code.  In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the | 
|  | function, but we would have line info.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (notcurrent) | 
|  | pc -= 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong | 
|  | information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export) | 
|  | to call a shlib function.  This stub would be anywhere between | 
|  | two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously | 
|  | taken to be the one of the line before the pc.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* RT: Further explanation: | 
|  |  | 
|  | * We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also | 
|  | * exists in the main image. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols | 
|  | * sorted by start address.  The stubs are marked as "trampoline", | 
|  | * the others appear as text. E.g.: | 
|  | * | 
|  | *  Minimal symbol table for main image | 
|  | *     main:  code for main (text symbol) | 
|  | *     shr1: stub  (trampoline symbol) | 
|  | *     foo:   code for foo (text symbol) | 
|  | *     ... | 
|  | *  Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image: | 
|  | *     ... | 
|  | *     shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol) | 
|  | *     ... | 
|  | * | 
|  | * So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub | 
|  | * ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline), | 
|  | * and if found,  do the symbolization from the real-code address | 
|  | * rather than the stub address. | 
|  | * | 
|  | * Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table: | 
|  | *   1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only | 
|  | *      if we're really in the trampoline.s If we're beyond it (say | 
|  | *      we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer | 
|  | *      symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not | 
|  | *      return the trampoline. | 
|  | *   2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol | 
|  | *      corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will | 
|  | *      be different than the trampoline address.  I put in a sanity | 
|  | *      check for the address being the same, to avoid an | 
|  | *      infinite recursion. | 
|  | */ | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc); | 
|  | if (msymbol.minsym != NULL) | 
|  | if (msymbol.minsym->type () == mst_solib_trampoline) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol mfunsym | 
|  | = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (current_program_space, | 
|  | msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (), | 
|  | nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (mfunsym.minsym == NULL) | 
|  | /* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out | 
|  | * in the following situation: | 
|  | * gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries | 
|  | * (gdb) break shr1  // function in shared lib | 
|  | * Warning: In stub for ... | 
|  | * In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet, | 
|  | * so of course we can't find the real func/line info, | 
|  | * but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying. | 
|  | * So I commented out the warning.  RT */ | 
|  | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", | 
|  | msymbol->linkage_name ()); */ | 
|  | ; | 
|  | /* fall through */ | 
|  | else if (mfunsym.value_address () | 
|  | == msymbol.value_address ()) | 
|  | /* Avoid infinite recursion */ | 
|  | /* See above comment about why warning is commented out.  */ | 
|  | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", | 
|  | msymbol->linkage_name ()); */ | 
|  | ; | 
|  | /* fall through */ | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Detect an obvious case of infinite recursion.  If this | 
|  | should occur, we'd like to know about it, so error out, | 
|  | fatally.  */ | 
|  | if (mfunsym.value_address () == pc) | 
|  | internal_error (_("Infinite recursion detected in find_pc_sect_line;" | 
|  | "please file a bug report")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return find_pc_line (mfunsym.value_address (), 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_and_line val; | 
|  | val.pspace = current_program_space; | 
|  |  | 
|  | cust = find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, section); | 
|  | if (cust == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If no symbol information, return previous pc.  */ | 
|  | if (notcurrent) | 
|  | pc++; | 
|  | val.pc = pc; | 
|  | return val; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | bv = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = cust->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector. | 
|  | They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right; | 
|  | but they have different line tables.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (symtab *iter_s : cust->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Find the best line in this symtab.  */ | 
|  | l = iter_s->linetable (); | 
|  | if (!l) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | len = l->nitems; | 
|  | if (len <= 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers | 
|  | (e.g. gcc -g1).  (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL; | 
|  | I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol | 
|  | reader).  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | prev = NULL; | 
|  | item = l->item;		/* Get first line info.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files? | 
|  | If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate.  */ | 
|  | if (item->pc (objfile) > pc | 
|  | && (!alt || item->unrelocated_pc () < alt->unrelocated_pc ())) | 
|  | alt = item; | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto pc_compare = [] (const unrelocated_addr &comp_pc, | 
|  | const struct linetable_entry & lhs) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return comp_pc < lhs.unrelocated_pc (); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const linetable_entry *first = item; | 
|  | const linetable_entry *last = item + len; | 
|  | item = (std::upper_bound | 
|  | (first, last, | 
|  | unrelocated_addr (pc - objfile->text_section_offset ()), | 
|  | pc_compare)); | 
|  | if (item != first) | 
|  | { | 
|  | prev = item - 1;		/* Found a matching item.  */ | 
|  | /* At this point, prev is a line whose address is <= pc.  However, we | 
|  | don't know if ITEM is pointing to the same statement or not.  */ | 
|  | while (item != last && prev->line == item->line && !item->is_stmt) | 
|  | item++; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and | 
|  | item points at the next statement.  If we ran off the end of the linetable | 
|  | (pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item.  If pc < start of | 
|  | the first line, prev will not be set.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files? | 
|  | If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far.  Don't | 
|  | save prev if it represents the end of a function (i.e. line number | 
|  | 0) instead of a real line.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (prev && prev->line | 
|  | && (!best || prev->unrelocated_pc () > best->unrelocated_pc ())) | 
|  | { | 
|  | best = prev; | 
|  | best_symtab = iter_s; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If during the binary search we land on a non-statement entry, | 
|  | scan backward through entries at the same address to see if | 
|  | there is an entry marked as is-statement.  In theory this | 
|  | duplication should have been removed from the line table | 
|  | during construction, this is just a double check.  If the line | 
|  | table has had the duplication removed then this should be | 
|  | pretty cheap.  */ | 
|  | if (!best->is_stmt) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const linetable_entry *tmp = best; | 
|  | while (tmp > first | 
|  | && (tmp - 1)->unrelocated_pc () == tmp->unrelocated_pc () | 
|  | && (tmp - 1)->line != 0 && !tmp->is_stmt) | 
|  | --tmp; | 
|  | if (tmp->is_stmt) | 
|  | best = tmp; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST.  */ | 
|  | if (best_end <= best->pc (objfile)) | 
|  | best_end = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its | 
|  | PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then | 
|  | use ITEM's PC as the new best_end.  */ | 
|  | if (best && item < last | 
|  | && item->unrelocated_pc () > best->unrelocated_pc () | 
|  | && (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc (objfile))) | 
|  | best_end = item->pc (objfile); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!best_symtab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If we didn't find any line number info, just return zeros. | 
|  | We used to return alt->line - 1 here, but that could be | 
|  | anywhere; if we don't have line number info for this PC, | 
|  | don't make some up.  */ | 
|  | val.pc = pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (best->line == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line | 
|  | number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't | 
|  | find any valid line information.  */ | 
|  | val.pc = pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | val.is_stmt = best->is_stmt; | 
|  | val.symtab = best_symtab; | 
|  | val.line = best->line; | 
|  | val.pc = best->pc (objfile); | 
|  | if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc (objfile))) | 
|  | val.end = best_end; | 
|  | else if (alt) | 
|  | val.end = alt->pc (objfile); | 
|  | else | 
|  | val.end = bv->global_block ()->end (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | val.section = section; | 
|  | return val; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Backward compatibility (no section).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line | 
|  | find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct obj_section *section; | 
|  |  | 
|  | section = find_pc_overlay (pc); | 
|  | if (!pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section)) | 
|  | return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the original PC was an unmapped address then we translate this to a | 
|  | mapped address in order to lookup the sal.  However, as the user | 
|  | passed us an unmapped address it makes more sense to return a result | 
|  | that has the pc and end fields translated to unmapped addresses.  */ | 
|  | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); | 
|  | symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent); | 
|  | sal.pc = overlay_unmapped_address (sal.pc, section); | 
|  | sal.end = overlay_unmapped_address (sal.end, section); | 
|  | return sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Compare two symtab_and_line entries.  Return true if both have | 
|  | the same line number and the same symtab pointer.  That means we | 
|  | are dealing with two entries from the same line and from the same | 
|  | source file. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Return false otherwise.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bool | 
|  | sal_line_symtab_matches_p (const symtab_and_line &sal1, | 
|  | const symtab_and_line &sal2) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return sal1.line == sal2.line && sal1.symtab == sal2.symtab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtah.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::optional<CORE_ADDR> | 
|  | find_line_range_start (CORE_ADDR pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line current_sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (current_sal.line == 0) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line prev_sal = find_pc_line (current_sal.pc - 1, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the previous entry is for a different line, that means we are already | 
|  | at the entry with the start PC for this line.  */ | 
|  | if (!sal_line_symtab_matches_p (prev_sal, current_sal)) | 
|  | return current_sal.pc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Otherwise, keep looking for entries for the same line but with | 
|  | smaller PC's.  */ | 
|  | bool done = false; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR prev_pc; | 
|  | while (!done) | 
|  | { | 
|  | prev_pc = prev_sal.pc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | prev_sal = find_pc_line (prev_pc - 1, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Did we notice a line change?  If so, we are done searching.  */ | 
|  | if (!sal_line_symtab_matches_p (prev_sal, current_sal)) | 
|  | done = true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return prev_pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab * | 
|  | find_pc_line_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line sal; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This always passes zero for NOTCURRENT to find_pc_line. | 
|  | There are currently no callers that ever pass non-zero.  */ | 
|  | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); | 
|  | return sal.symtab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab * | 
|  | find_line_symtab (symtab *sym_tab, int line, int *index) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int exact = 0;  /* Initialized here to avoid a compiler warning.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE | 
|  | so far seen.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int best_index; | 
|  | const struct linetable *best_linetable; | 
|  | struct symtab *best_symtab; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First try looking it up in the given symtab.  */ | 
|  | best_linetable = sym_tab->linetable (); | 
|  | best_symtab = sym_tab; | 
|  | best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact, 0); | 
|  | if (best_index < 0 || !exact) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Didn't find an exact match.  So we better keep looking for | 
|  | another symtab with the same name.  In the case of xcoff, | 
|  | multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN | 
|  | compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable | 
|  | assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that | 
|  | the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen, | 
|  | or 0 if none has been seen so far. | 
|  | BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it.  */ | 
|  | int best; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (best_index >= 0) | 
|  | best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line; | 
|  | else | 
|  | best = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | objfile->expand_symtabs_with_fullname (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct linetable *l; | 
|  | int ind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (FILENAME_CMP (sym_tab->filename, s->filename) != 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab), | 
|  | symtab_to_fullname (s)) != 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | l = s->linetable (); | 
|  | ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact, 0); | 
|  | if (ind >= 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (exact) | 
|  | { | 
|  | best_index = ind; | 
|  | best_linetable = l; | 
|  | best_symtab = s; | 
|  | goto done; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best) | 
|  | { | 
|  | best = l->item[ind].line; | 
|  | best_index = ind; | 
|  | best_linetable = l; | 
|  | best_symtab = s; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | done: | 
|  | if (best_index < 0) | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (index) | 
|  | *index = best_index; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return best_symtab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given SYMTAB, returns all the PCs function in the symtab that | 
|  | exactly match LINE.  Returns an empty vector if there are no exact | 
|  | matches, but updates BEST_ITEM in this case.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::vector<CORE_ADDR> | 
|  | find_pcs_for_symtab_line (struct symtab *symtab, int line, | 
|  | const linetable_entry **best_item) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int start = 0; | 
|  | std::vector<CORE_ADDR> result; | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First, collect all the PCs that are at this line.  */ | 
|  | while (1) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int was_exact; | 
|  | int idx; | 
|  |  | 
|  | idx = find_line_common (symtab->linetable (), line, &was_exact, | 
|  | start); | 
|  | if (idx < 0) | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!was_exact) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const linetable_entry *item = &symtab->linetable ()->item[idx]; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (*best_item == NULL | 
|  | || (item->line < (*best_item)->line && item->is_stmt)) | 
|  | *best_item = item; | 
|  |  | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | result.push_back (symtab->linetable ()->item[idx].pc (objfile)); | 
|  | start = idx + 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true. | 
|  | Returns false for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0). | 
|  | The source file is specified with a struct symtab.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct linetable *l; | 
|  | int ind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | *pc = 0; | 
|  | if (symtab == 0) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind); | 
|  | if (symtab != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | l = symtab->linetable (); | 
|  | *pc = l->item[ind].pc (symtab->compunit ()->objfile ()); | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find the range of pc values in a line. | 
|  | Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR | 
|  | and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR. | 
|  | Returns true to indicate success. | 
|  | Returns false if could not find the specified line.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr, | 
|  | CORE_ADDR *endptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR startaddr; | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line found_sal; | 
|  |  | 
|  | startaddr = sal.pc; | 
|  | if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This whole function is based on address.  For example, if line 10 has | 
|  | two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then | 
|  | "info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200 | 
|  | and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400. | 
|  | This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134 | 
|  | and ends at 0x12c".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0); | 
|  | if (found_sal.line != sal.line) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes.  */ | 
|  | *startptr = found_sal.pc; | 
|  | *endptr = found_sal.pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | *startptr = found_sal.pc; | 
|  | *endptr = found_sal.end; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line | 
|  | table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one. | 
|  | Return -1 if none is found.  The value is >= 0 if it is an index. | 
|  | START is the index at which to start searching the line table. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | find_line_common (const linetable *l, int lineno, | 
|  | int *exact_match, int start) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i; | 
|  | int len; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen, | 
|  | or 0 if none has been seen so far. | 
|  | BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int best_index = -1; | 
|  | int best = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | *exact_match = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (lineno <= 0) | 
|  | return -1; | 
|  | if (l == 0) | 
|  | return -1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | len = l->nitems; | 
|  | for (i = start; i < len; i++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Ignore non-statements.  */ | 
|  | if (!item->is_stmt) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (item->line == lineno) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches.  */ | 
|  | *exact_match = 1; | 
|  | return i; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | best = item->line; | 
|  | best_index = i; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match.  */ | 
|  | return best_index; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line sal; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); | 
|  | *startptr = sal.pc; | 
|  | *endptr = sal.end; | 
|  | return sal.symtab != 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Helper for find_function_start_sal.  Does most of the work, except | 
|  | setting the sal's symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static symtab_and_line | 
|  | find_function_start_sal_1 (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section, | 
|  | bool funfirstline) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_sect_line (func_addr, section, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (funfirstline && sal.symtab != NULL | 
|  | && (sal.symtab->compunit ()->locations_valid () | 
|  | || sal.symtab->language () == language_asm)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = sal.symtab->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | sal.pc = func_addr; | 
|  | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) | 
|  | sal.pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, sal.pc); | 
|  | return sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We always should have a line for the function start address. | 
|  | If we don't, something is odd.  Create a plain SAL referring | 
|  | just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested) | 
|  | can find a line number for after the prologue.  */ | 
|  | if (sal.pc < func_addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sal = {}; | 
|  | sal.pspace = current_program_space; | 
|  | sal.pc = func_addr; | 
|  | sal.section = section; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (funfirstline) | 
|  | skip_prologue_sal (&sal); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_and_line | 
|  | find_function_start_sal (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section, | 
|  | bool funfirstline) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symtab_and_line sal | 
|  | = find_function_start_sal_1 (func_addr, section, funfirstline); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* find_function_start_sal_1 does a linetable search, so it finds | 
|  | the symtab and linenumber, but not a symbol.  Fill in the | 
|  | function symbol too.  */ | 
|  | sal.symbol = find_pc_sect_containing_function (sal.pc, sal.section); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_and_line | 
|  | find_function_start_sal (symbol *sym, bool funfirstline) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symtab_and_line sal | 
|  | = find_function_start_sal_1 (sym->value_block ()->entry_pc (), | 
|  | sym->obj_section (sym->objfile ()), | 
|  | funfirstline); | 
|  | sal.symbol = sym; | 
|  | return sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given a function start address FUNC_ADDR and SYMTAB, find the first | 
|  | address for that function that has an entry in SYMTAB's line info | 
|  | table.  If such an entry cannot be found, return FUNC_ADDR | 
|  | unaltered.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static CORE_ADDR | 
|  | skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (CORE_ADDR func_addr, struct symtab *symtab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR func_start, func_end; | 
|  | const struct linetable *l; | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Give up if this symbol has no lineinfo table.  */ | 
|  | l = symtab->linetable (); | 
|  | if (l == NULL) | 
|  | return func_addr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get the range for the function's PC values, or give up if we | 
|  | cannot, for some reason.  */ | 
|  | if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &func_start, &func_end)) | 
|  | return func_addr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Linetable entries are ordered by PC values, see the commentary in | 
|  | symtab.h where `struct linetable' is defined.  Thus, the first | 
|  | entry whose PC is in the range [FUNC_START..FUNC_END[ is the | 
|  | address we are looking for.  */ | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < l->nitems; i++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); | 
|  | CORE_ADDR item_pc = item->pc (objfile); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Don't use line numbers of zero, they mark special entries in | 
|  | the table.  See the commentary on symtab.h before the | 
|  | definition of struct linetable.  */ | 
|  | if (item->line > 0 && func_start <= item_pc && item_pc < func_end) | 
|  | return item_pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return func_addr; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Try to locate the address where a breakpoint should be placed past the | 
|  | prologue of function starting at FUNC_ADDR using the line table. | 
|  |  | 
|  | Return the address associated with the first entry in the line-table for | 
|  | the function starting at FUNC_ADDR which has prologue_end set to true if | 
|  | such entry exist, otherwise return an empty optional.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static std::optional<CORE_ADDR> | 
|  | skip_prologue_using_linetable (CORE_ADDR func_addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR start_pc, end_pc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, nullptr, &start_pc, &end_pc)) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0); | 
|  | if (prologue_sal.symtab != nullptr | 
|  | && prologue_sal.symtab->language () != language_asm) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const linetable *linetable = prologue_sal.symtab->linetable (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = prologue_sal.symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | unrelocated_addr unrel_start | 
|  | = unrelocated_addr (start_pc - objfile->text_section_offset ()); | 
|  | unrelocated_addr unrel_end | 
|  | = unrelocated_addr (end_pc - objfile->text_section_offset ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto it = std::lower_bound | 
|  | (linetable->item, linetable->item + linetable->nitems, unrel_start, | 
|  | [] (const linetable_entry <e, unrelocated_addr pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return lte.unrelocated_pc () < pc; | 
|  | }); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (; | 
|  | (it < linetable->item + linetable->nitems | 
|  | && it->unrelocated_pc () < unrel_end); | 
|  | it++) | 
|  | if (it->prologue_end) | 
|  | return {it->pc (objfile)}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue. | 
|  | If the PC was explicitly specified, the SAL is not changed. | 
|  | If the line number was explicitly specified then the SAL can still be | 
|  | updated, unless the language for SAL is assembler, in which case the SAL | 
|  | will be left unchanged. | 
|  | If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symbol *sym; | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line start_sal; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR pc, saved_pc; | 
|  | struct obj_section *section; | 
|  | const char *name; | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile; | 
|  | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | 
|  | const struct block *b, *function_block; | 
|  | int force_skip, skip; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Do not change the SAL if PC was specified explicitly.  */ | 
|  | if (sal->explicit_pc) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* In assembly code, if the user asks for a specific line then we should | 
|  | not adjust the SAL.  The user already has instruction level | 
|  | visibility in this case, so selecting a line other than one requested | 
|  | is likely to be the wrong choice.  */ | 
|  | if (sal->symtab != nullptr | 
|  | && sal->explicit_line | 
|  | && sal->symtab->language () == language_asm) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | sym = find_pc_sect_function (sal->pc, sal->section); | 
|  | if (sym != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | objfile = sym->objfile (); | 
|  | pc = sym->value_block ()->entry_pc (); | 
|  | section = sym->obj_section (objfile); | 
|  | name = sym->linkage_name (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol msymbol | 
|  | = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (sal->pc, sal->section); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (msymbol.minsym == NULL) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | objfile = msymbol.objfile; | 
|  | pc = msymbol.value_address (); | 
|  | section = msymbol.minsym->obj_section (objfile); | 
|  | name = msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Process the prologue in two passes.  In the first pass try to skip the | 
|  | prologue (SKIP is true) and verify there is a real need for it (indicated | 
|  | by FORCE_SKIP).  If no such reason was found run a second pass where the | 
|  | prologue is not skipped (SKIP is false).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | skip = 1; | 
|  | force_skip = 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Be conservative - allow direct PC (without skipping prologue) only if we | 
|  | have proven the CU (Compilation Unit) supports it.  sal->SYMTAB does not | 
|  | have to be set by the caller so we use SYM instead.  */ | 
|  | if (sym != NULL | 
|  | && sym->symtab ()->compunit ()->locations_valid ()) | 
|  | force_skip = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | saved_pc = pc; | 
|  | do | 
|  | { | 
|  | pc = saved_pc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check if the compiler explicitly indicated where a breakpoint should | 
|  | be placed to skip the prologue.  */ | 
|  | if (!ignore_prologue_end_flag && skip) | 
|  | { | 
|  | std::optional<CORE_ADDR> linetable_pc | 
|  | = skip_prologue_using_linetable (pc); | 
|  | if (linetable_pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | pc = *linetable_pc; | 
|  | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | 
|  | force_skip = 1; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA address, | 
|  | so that gdbarch_skip_prologue has something unique to work on.  */ | 
|  | if (section_is_overlay (section) && !section_is_mapped (section)) | 
|  | pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue).  */ | 
|  | pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); | 
|  | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) | 
|  | pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, pc); | 
|  | if (skip) | 
|  | pc = gdbarch_skip_prologue_noexcept (gdbarch, pc); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range.  */ | 
|  | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Calculate line number.  */ | 
|  | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check if gdbarch_skip_prologue left us in mid-line, and the next | 
|  | line is still part of the same function.  */ | 
|  | if (skip && start_sal.pc != pc | 
|  | && (sym ? (sym->value_block ()->entry_pc () <= start_sal.end | 
|  | && start_sal.end < sym->value_block()->end ()) | 
|  | : (lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (start_sal.end, section).minsym | 
|  | == lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section).minsym))) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* First pc of next line */ | 
|  | pc = start_sal.end; | 
|  | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1).  */ | 
|  | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* On targets with executable formats that don't have a concept of | 
|  | constructors (ELF with .init has, PE doesn't), gcc emits a call | 
|  | to `__main' in `main' between the prologue and before user | 
|  | code.  */ | 
|  | if (gdbarch_skip_main_prologue_p (gdbarch) | 
|  | && name && strcmp_iw (name, "main") == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | pc = gdbarch_skip_main_prologue (gdbarch, pc); | 
|  | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1).  */ | 
|  | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | 
|  | force_skip = 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | while (!force_skip && skip--); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we still don't have a valid source line, try to find the first | 
|  | PC in the lineinfo table that belongs to the same function.  This | 
|  | happens with COFF debug info, which does not seem to have an | 
|  | entry in lineinfo table for the code after the prologue which has | 
|  | no direct relation to source.  For example, this was found to be | 
|  | the case with the DJGPP target using "gcc -gcoff" when the | 
|  | compiler inserted code after the prologue to make sure the stack | 
|  | is aligned.  */ | 
|  | if (!force_skip && sym && start_sal.symtab == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | pc = skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (pc, sym->symtab ()); | 
|  | /* Recalculate the line number.  */ | 
|  | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If we're already past the prologue, leave SAL unchanged.  Otherwise | 
|  | forward SAL to the end of the prologue.  */ | 
|  | if (sal->pc >= pc) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sal->pc = pc; | 
|  | sal->section = section; | 
|  | sal->symtab = start_sal.symtab; | 
|  | sal->line = start_sal.line; | 
|  | sal->end = start_sal.end; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check if we are now inside an inlined function.  If we can, | 
|  | use the call site of the function instead.  */ | 
|  | b = block_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, sal->section); | 
|  | function_block = NULL; | 
|  | while (b != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (b->function () != NULL && b->inlined_p ()) | 
|  | function_block = b; | 
|  | else if (b->function () != NULL) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | b = b->superblock (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (function_block != NULL | 
|  | && function_block->function ()->line () != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | sal->line = function_block->function ()->line (); | 
|  | sal->symtab = function_block->function ()->symtab (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Given PC at the function's start address, attempt to find the | 
|  | prologue end using SAL information.  Return zero if the skip fails. | 
|  |  | 
|  | A non-optimized prologue traditionally has one SAL for the function | 
|  | and a second for the function body.  A single line function has | 
|  | them both pointing at the same line. | 
|  |  | 
|  | An optimized prologue is similar but the prologue may contain | 
|  | instructions (SALs) from the instruction body.  Need to skip those | 
|  | while not getting into the function body. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The functions end point and an increasing SAL line are used as | 
|  | indicators of the prologue's endpoint. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This code is based on the function refine_prologue_limit | 
|  | (found in ia64).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR | 
|  | skip_prologue_using_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR func_addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR start_pc; | 
|  | CORE_ADDR end_pc; | 
|  | const struct block *bl; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Get an initial range for the function.  */ | 
|  | find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &start_pc, &end_pc); | 
|  | start_pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); | 
|  |  | 
|  | prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0); | 
|  | if (prologue_sal.line != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* For languages other than assembly, treat two consecutive line | 
|  | entries at the same address as a zero-instruction prologue. | 
|  | The GNU assembler emits separate line notes for each instruction | 
|  | in a multi-instruction macro, but compilers generally will not | 
|  | do this.  */ | 
|  | if (prologue_sal.symtab->language () != language_asm) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile | 
|  | = prologue_sal.symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  | const linetable *linetable = prologue_sal.symtab->linetable (); | 
|  | gdb_assert (linetable->nitems > 0); | 
|  | int idx = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Skip any earlier lines, and any end-of-sequence marker | 
|  | from a previous function.  */ | 
|  | while (idx + 1 < linetable->nitems | 
|  | && (linetable->item[idx].pc (objfile) != prologue_sal.pc | 
|  | || linetable->item[idx].line == 0)) | 
|  | idx++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (idx + 1 < linetable->nitems | 
|  | && linetable->item[idx+1].line != 0 | 
|  | && linetable->item[idx+1].pc (objfile) == start_pc) | 
|  | return start_pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If there is only one sal that covers the entire function, | 
|  | then it is probably a single line function, like | 
|  | "foo(){}".  */ | 
|  | if (prologue_sal.end >= end_pc) | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab_and_line sal; | 
|  |  | 
|  | sal = find_pc_line (prologue_sal.end, 0); | 
|  | if (sal.line == 0) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | /* Assume that a consecutive SAL for the same (or larger) | 
|  | line mark the prologue -> body transition.  */ | 
|  | if (sal.line >= prologue_sal.line) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | /* Likewise if we are in a different symtab altogether | 
|  | (e.g. within a file included via #include).  */ | 
|  | if (sal.symtab != prologue_sal.symtab) | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The line number is smaller.  Check that it's from the | 
|  | same function, not something inlined.  If it's inlined, | 
|  | then there is no point comparing the line numbers.  */ | 
|  | bl = block_for_pc (prologue_sal.end); | 
|  | while (bl) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (bl->inlined_p ()) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | if (bl->function ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | bl = NULL; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | bl = bl->superblock (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (bl != NULL) | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The case in which compiler's optimizer/scheduler has | 
|  | moved instructions into the prologue.  We look ahead in | 
|  | the function looking for address ranges whose | 
|  | corresponding line number is less the first one that we | 
|  | found for the function.  This is more conservative then | 
|  | refine_prologue_limit which scans a large number of SALs | 
|  | looking for any in the prologue.  */ | 
|  | prologue_sal = sal; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) | 
|  | /* Return the end of this line, or zero if we could not find a | 
|  | line.  */ | 
|  | return prologue_sal.end; | 
|  | else | 
|  | /* Don't return END_PC, which is past the end of the function.  */ | 
|  | return prologue_sal.pc; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::optional<CORE_ADDR> | 
|  | find_epilogue_using_linetable (CORE_ADDR func_addr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR start_pc, end_pc; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, nullptr, &start_pc, &end_pc)) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* While the standard allows for multiple points marked with epilogue_begin | 
|  | in the same function, for performance reasons, this function will only | 
|  | find the last address that sets this flag for a given block. | 
|  |  | 
|  | The lines of a function can be described by several line tables in case | 
|  | there are different files involved.  There's a corner case where a | 
|  | function epilogue is in a different file than a function start, and using | 
|  | start_pc as argument to find_pc_line will mean we won't find the | 
|  | epilogue.  Instead, use "end_pc - 1" to maximize our chances of picking | 
|  | the line table containing an epilogue.  */ | 
|  | const struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (end_pc - 1, 0); | 
|  | if (sal.symtab != nullptr && sal.symtab->language () != language_asm) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = sal.symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  | unrelocated_addr unrel_start | 
|  | = unrelocated_addr (start_pc - objfile->text_section_offset ()); | 
|  | unrelocated_addr unrel_end | 
|  | = unrelocated_addr (end_pc - objfile->text_section_offset ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const linetable *linetable = sal.symtab->linetable (); | 
|  | if (linetable == nullptr || linetable->nitems == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Empty line table.  */ | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find the first linetable entry after the current function.  Note that | 
|  | this also may be an end_sequence entry.  */ | 
|  | auto it = std::lower_bound | 
|  | (linetable->item, linetable->item + linetable->nitems, unrel_end, | 
|  | [] (const linetable_entry <e, unrelocated_addr pc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return lte.unrelocated_pc () < pc; | 
|  | }); | 
|  | if (it == linetable->item + linetable->nitems) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* We couldn't find either: | 
|  | - a linetable entry starting the function after the current | 
|  | function, or | 
|  | - an end_sequence entry that terminates the current function | 
|  | at unrel_end. | 
|  |  | 
|  | This can happen when the linetable doesn't describe the full | 
|  | extent of the function.  This can be triggered with: | 
|  | - compiler-generated debug info, in the cornercase that the pc | 
|  | with which we call find_pc_line resides in a different file | 
|  | than unrel_end, or | 
|  | - invalid dwarf assembly debug info. | 
|  | In the former case, there's no point in iterating further, simply | 
|  | return "not found".  In the latter case, there's no current | 
|  | incentive to attempt to support this, so handle this | 
|  | conservatively and do the same.  */ | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (unrel_end < it->unrelocated_pc ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* We found a line entry that starts past the end of the | 
|  | function.  This can happen if the previous entry straddles | 
|  | two functions, which shouldn't happen with compiler-generated | 
|  | debug info.  Handle the corner case conservatively.  */ | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  | gdb_assert (unrel_end == it->unrelocated_pc ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Move to the last linetable entry of the current function.  */ | 
|  | if (it == &linetable->item[0]) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Doing it-- would introduce undefined behavior, avoid it by | 
|  | explicitly handling this case.  */ | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  | it--; | 
|  | if (it->unrelocated_pc () < unrel_start) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Not in the current function.  */ | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  | gdb_assert (it->unrelocated_pc () < unrel_end); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We're at the the last linetable entry of the current function.  This | 
|  | is probably where the epilogue begins, but since the DWARF 5 spec | 
|  | doesn't guarantee it, we iterate backwards through the current | 
|  | function until we either find the epilogue beginning, or are sure | 
|  | that it doesn't exist.  */ | 
|  | for (; it >= &linetable->item[0]; it--) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (it->unrelocated_pc () < unrel_start) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* No longer in the current function.  */ | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (it->epilogue_begin) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Found the beginning of the epilogue.  */ | 
|  | return {it->pc (objfile)}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (it == &linetable->item[0]) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* No more entries in the current function. | 
|  | Doing it-- would introduce undefined behavior, avoid it by | 
|  | explicitly handling this case.  */ | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol * | 
|  | find_function_alias_target (bound_minimal_symbol msymbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR func_addr; | 
|  | if (!msymbol_is_function (msymbol.objfile, msymbol.minsym, &func_addr)) | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol *sym = find_pc_function (func_addr); | 
|  | if (sym != NULL | 
|  | && sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK | 
|  | && sym->value_block ()->entry_pc () == func_addr) | 
|  | return sym; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return NULL; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is | 
|  | some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the | 
|  | beginning of the substring of the operator text. | 
|  | Otherwise, return "".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const char * | 
|  | operator_chars (const char *p, const char **end) | 
|  | { | 
|  | *end = ""; | 
|  | if (!startswith (p, CP_OPERATOR_STR)) | 
|  | return *end; | 
|  | p += CP_OPERATOR_LEN; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer | 
|  | identifier.  */ | 
|  | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0') | 
|  | return *end; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol.  */ | 
|  | while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') | 
|  | p++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$') | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *q = p + 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$') | 
|  | q++; | 
|  | *end = q; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (*p) | 
|  | switch (*p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case '\\':			/* regexp quoting */ | 
|  | if (p[1] == '*') | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (p[2] == '=')		/* 'operator\*=' */ | 
|  | *end = p + 3; | 
|  | else			/* 'operator\*'  */ | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (p[1] == '[') | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (p[2] == ']') | 
|  | error (_("mismatched quoting on brackets, " | 
|  | "try 'operator\\[\\]'")); | 
|  | else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']') | 
|  | { | 
|  | *end = p + 4;	/* 'operator\[\]' */ | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | error (_("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'")); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Gratuitous quote: skip it and move on.  */ | 
|  | p++; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case '!': | 
|  | case '=': | 
|  | case '*': | 
|  | case '/': | 
|  | case '%': | 
|  | case '^': | 
|  | if (p[1] == '=') | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | else | 
|  | *end = p + 1; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | case '<': | 
|  | case '>': | 
|  | case '+': | 
|  | case '-': | 
|  | case '&': | 
|  | case '|': | 
|  | if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>') | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'.  */ | 
|  | if (p[2] == '*') | 
|  | { | 
|  | *end = p + 3;	/* 'operator->*' */ | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (p[2] == '\\') | 
|  | { | 
|  | *end = p + 4;	/* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */ | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | *end = p + 2;	/* 'operator->' */ | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0]) | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | else | 
|  | *end = p + 1; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | case '~': | 
|  | case ',': | 
|  | *end = p + 1; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | case '(': | 
|  | if (p[1] != ')') | 
|  | error (_("`operator ()' must be specified " | 
|  | "without whitespace in `()'")); | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | case '?': | 
|  | if (p[1] != ':') | 
|  | error (_("`operator ?:' must be specified " | 
|  | "without whitespace in `?:'")); | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | case '[': | 
|  | if (p[1] != ']') | 
|  | error (_("`operator []' must be specified " | 
|  | "without whitespace in `[]'")); | 
|  | *end = p + 2; | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | error (_("`operator %s' not supported"), p); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | *end = ""; | 
|  | return *end; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See class declaration.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | info_sources_filter::info_sources_filter (match_on match_type, | 
|  | const char *regexp) | 
|  | : m_match_type (match_type), | 
|  | m_regexp (regexp) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Setup the compiled regular expression M_C_REGEXP based on M_REGEXP.  */ | 
|  | if (m_regexp != nullptr && *m_regexp != '\0') | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (m_regexp != nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | int cflags = REG_NOSUB; | 
|  | #ifdef HAVE_CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILE_SYSTEM | 
|  | cflags |= REG_ICASE; | 
|  | #endif | 
|  | m_c_regexp.emplace (m_regexp, cflags, _("Invalid regexp")); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See class declaration.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | info_sources_filter::matches (const char *fullname) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Does it match regexp?  */ | 
|  | if (m_c_regexp.has_value ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *to_match; | 
|  | std::string dirname; | 
|  |  | 
|  | switch (m_match_type) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case match_on::DIRNAME: | 
|  | dirname = gdb_ldirname (fullname); | 
|  | to_match = dirname.c_str (); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case match_on::BASENAME: | 
|  | to_match = lbasename (fullname); | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case match_on::FULLNAME: | 
|  | to_match = fullname; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad m_match_type"); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (m_c_regexp->exec (to_match, 0, NULL, 0) != 0) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Data structure to maintain the state used for printing the results of | 
|  | the 'info sources' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct output_source_filename_data | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Create an object for displaying the results of the 'info sources' | 
|  | command to UIOUT.  FILTER must remain valid and unchanged for the | 
|  | lifetime of this object as this object retains a reference to FILTER.  */ | 
|  | output_source_filename_data (struct ui_out *uiout, | 
|  | const info_sources_filter &filter) | 
|  | : m_filter (filter), | 
|  | m_uiout (uiout) | 
|  | { /* Nothing.  */ } | 
|  |  | 
|  | DISABLE_COPY_AND_ASSIGN (output_source_filename_data); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Reset enough state of this object so we can match against a new set of | 
|  | files.  The existing regular expression is retained though.  */ | 
|  | void reset_output () | 
|  | { | 
|  | m_first = true; | 
|  | m_filename_seen_cache.clear (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Worker for sources_info, outputs the file name formatted for either | 
|  | cli or mi (based on the current_uiout).  In cli mode displays | 
|  | FULLNAME with a comma separating this name from any previously | 
|  | printed name (line breaks are added at the comma).  In MI mode | 
|  | outputs a tuple containing DISP_NAME (the files display name), | 
|  | FULLNAME, and EXPANDED_P (true when this file is from a fully | 
|  | expanded symtab, otherwise false).  */ | 
|  | void output (const char *disp_name, const char *fullname, bool expanded_p); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* An overload suitable for use as a callback to | 
|  | quick_symbol_functions::map_symbol_filenames.  */ | 
|  | void operator() (const char *filename, const char *fullname) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The false here indicates that this file is from an unexpanded | 
|  | symtab.  */ | 
|  | output (filename, fullname, false); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return true if at least one filename has been printed (after a call to | 
|  | output) since either this object was created, or the last call to | 
|  | reset_output.  */ | 
|  | bool printed_filename_p () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | return !m_first; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | private: | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Flag of whether we're printing the first one.  */ | 
|  | bool m_first = true; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Cache of what we've seen so far.  */ | 
|  | filename_seen_cache m_filename_seen_cache; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* How source filename should be filtered.  */ | 
|  | const info_sources_filter &m_filter; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The object to which output is sent.  */ | 
|  | struct ui_out *m_uiout; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See comment in class declaration above.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | output_source_filename_data::output (const char *disp_name, | 
|  | const char *fullname, | 
|  | bool expanded_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol | 
|  | tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once.  Note: if | 
|  | some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets | 
|  | printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been | 
|  | read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on | 
|  | demand".  I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the | 
|  | situation.  I'm not sure whether this can also happen for | 
|  | symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Was NAME already seen?  If so, then don't print it again.  */ | 
|  | if (m_filename_seen_cache.seen (fullname)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If the filter rejects this file then don't print it.  */ | 
|  | if (!m_filter.matches (fullname)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | ui_out_emit_tuple ui_emitter (m_uiout, nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Print it and reset *FIRST.  */ | 
|  | if (!m_first) | 
|  | m_uiout->text (", "); | 
|  | m_first = false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | m_uiout->wrap_hint (0); | 
|  | if (m_uiout->is_mi_like_p ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | m_uiout->field_string ("file", disp_name, file_name_style.style ()); | 
|  | if (fullname != nullptr) | 
|  | m_uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname, | 
|  | file_name_style.style ()); | 
|  | m_uiout->field_string ("debug-fully-read", | 
|  | (expanded_p ? "true" : "false")); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (fullname == nullptr) | 
|  | fullname = disp_name; | 
|  | m_uiout->field_string ("fullname", fullname, | 
|  | file_name_style.style ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* For the 'info sources' command, what part of the file names should we be | 
|  | matching the user supplied regular expression against?  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct filename_partial_match_opts | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Only match the directory name part.   */ | 
|  | bool dirname = false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Only match the basename part.  */ | 
|  | bool basename = false; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | using isrc_flag_option_def | 
|  | = gdb::option::flag_option_def<filename_partial_match_opts>; | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const gdb::option::option_def info_sources_option_defs[] = { | 
|  |  | 
|  | isrc_flag_option_def { | 
|  | "dirname", | 
|  | [] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->dirname; }, | 
|  | N_("Show only the files having a dirname matching REGEXP."), | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | isrc_flag_option_def { | 
|  | "basename", | 
|  | [] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->basename; }, | 
|  | N_("Show only the files having a basename matching REGEXP."), | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Create an option_def_group for the "info sources" options, with | 
|  | ISRC_OPTS as context.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static inline gdb::option::option_def_group | 
|  | make_info_sources_options_def_group (filename_partial_match_opts *isrc_opts) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return {{info_sources_option_defs}, isrc_opts}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Completer for "info sources".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_sources_command_completer (cmd_list_element *ignore, | 
|  | completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr); | 
|  | if (gdb::option::complete_options | 
|  | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | info_sources_worker (struct ui_out *uiout, | 
|  | bool group_by_objfile, | 
|  | const info_sources_filter &filter) | 
|  | { | 
|  | output_source_filename_data data (uiout, filter); | 
|  |  | 
|  | ui_out_emit_list results_emitter (uiout, "files"); | 
|  | std::optional<ui_out_emit_tuple> output_tuple; | 
|  | std::optional<ui_out_emit_list> sources_list; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (group_by_objfile || uiout->is_mi_like_p ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (group_by_objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | output_tuple.emplace (uiout, nullptr); | 
|  | uiout->field_string ("filename", objfile_name (objfile), | 
|  | file_name_style.style ()); | 
|  | uiout->text (":\n"); | 
|  | bool debug_fully_readin = !objfile->has_unexpanded_symtabs (); | 
|  | if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *debug_info_state; | 
|  | if (objfile->has_symbols ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (debug_fully_readin) | 
|  | debug_info_state = "fully-read"; | 
|  | else | 
|  | debug_info_state = "partially-read"; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | debug_info_state = "none"; | 
|  | current_uiout->field_string ("debug-info", debug_info_state); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!debug_fully_readin) | 
|  | uiout->text ("(Full debug information has not yet been read " | 
|  | "for this file.)\n"); | 
|  | if (!objfile->has_symbols ()) | 
|  | uiout->text ("(Objfile has no debug information.)\n"); | 
|  | uiout->text ("\n"); | 
|  | } | 
|  | sources_list.emplace (uiout, "sources"); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *file = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s); | 
|  | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); | 
|  | data.output (file, fullname, true); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (group_by_objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | objfile->map_symbol_filenames (data, true /* need_fullname */); | 
|  | if (data.printed_filename_p ()) | 
|  | uiout->text ("\n\n"); | 
|  | data.reset_output (); | 
|  | sources_list.reset (); | 
|  | output_tuple.reset (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!group_by_objfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | data.reset_output (); | 
|  | map_symbol_filenames (data, true /*need_fullname*/); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info sources' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_sources_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!have_full_symbols (current_program_space) | 
|  | && !have_partial_symbols (current_program_space)) | 
|  | error (_ ("No symbol table is loaded.  Use the \"file\" command.")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | filename_partial_match_opts match_opts; | 
|  | auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (&match_opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR, group); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (match_opts.dirname && match_opts.basename) | 
|  | error (_("You cannot give both -basename and -dirname to 'info sources'.")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *regex = nullptr; | 
|  | if (args != NULL && *args != '\000') | 
|  | regex = args; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((match_opts.dirname || match_opts.basename) && regex == nullptr) | 
|  | error (_("Missing REGEXP for 'info sources'.")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | info_sources_filter::match_on match_type; | 
|  | if (match_opts.dirname) | 
|  | match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::DIRNAME; | 
|  | else if (match_opts.basename) | 
|  | match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::BASENAME; | 
|  | else | 
|  | match_type = info_sources_filter::match_on::FULLNAME; | 
|  |  | 
|  | info_sources_filter filter (match_type, regex); | 
|  | info_sources_worker (current_uiout, true, filter); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Compare FILE against all the entries of FILENAMES.  If BASENAMES is | 
|  | true compare only lbasename of FILENAMES.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static bool | 
|  | file_matches (const char *file, | 
|  | const std::vector<gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char>> &filenames, | 
|  | bool basenames) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (filenames.empty ()) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (const auto &name : filenames) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *lname = (basenames ? lbasename (name.get ()) : name.get ()); | 
|  | if (compare_filenames_for_search (file, lname)) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Helper function for std::sort on symbol_search objects.  Can only sort | 
|  | symbols, not minimal symbols.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | symbol_search::compare_search_syms (const symbol_search &sym_a, | 
|  | const symbol_search &sym_b) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int c; | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = FILENAME_CMP (sym_a.symbol->symtab ()->filename, | 
|  | sym_b.symbol->symtab ()->filename); | 
|  | if (c != 0) | 
|  | return c; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sym_a.block != sym_b.block) | 
|  | return sym_a.block - sym_b.block; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return strcmp (sym_a.symbol->print_name (), sym_b.symbol->print_name ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Returns true if the type_name of symbol_type of SYM matches TREG. | 
|  | If SYM has no symbol_type or symbol_name, returns false.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | treg_matches_sym_type_name (const compiled_regex &treg, | 
|  | const struct symbol *sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct type *sym_type; | 
|  | std::string printed_sym_type_name; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("treg_matches_sym_type_name, sym %s", | 
|  | sym->natural_name ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | sym_type = sym->type (); | 
|  | if (sym_type == NULL) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | { | 
|  | scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym); | 
|  |  | 
|  | printed_sym_type_name = type_to_string (sym_type); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_lookup_debug_printf_v ("sym_type_name %s", | 
|  | printed_sym_type_name.c_str ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (printed_sym_type_name.empty ()) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return treg.exec (printed_sym_type_name.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher::is_suitable_msymbol | 
|  | (const domain_search_flags kind, const minimal_symbol *msymbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (msymbol->type ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case mst_data: | 
|  | case mst_bss: | 
|  | case mst_file_data: | 
|  | case mst_file_bss: | 
|  | return (kind & SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN) != 0; | 
|  | case mst_text: | 
|  | case mst_file_text: | 
|  | case mst_solib_trampoline: | 
|  | case mst_text_gnu_ifunc: | 
|  | return (kind & SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN) != 0; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher::expand_symtabs | 
|  | (objfile *objfile, const std::optional<compiled_regex> &preg) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | domain_search_flags kind = m_kind; | 
|  | bool found_msymbol = false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto do_file_match = [&] (const char *filename, bool basenames) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return file_matches (filename, m_filenames, basenames); | 
|  | }; | 
|  | expand_symtabs_file_matcher file_matcher = nullptr; | 
|  | if (!m_filenames.empty ()) | 
|  | file_matcher = do_file_match; | 
|  |  | 
|  | objfile->expand_symtabs_matching | 
|  | (file_matcher, | 
|  | &lookup_name_info::match_any (), | 
|  | [&] (const char *symname) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return (!preg.has_value () | 
|  | || preg->exec (symname, 0, NULL, 0) == 0); | 
|  | }, | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | SEARCH_GLOBAL_BLOCK | SEARCH_STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | kind); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions and | 
|  | variables that match, and force their symbols to be read.  This is in | 
|  | particular necessary for demangled variable names, which are no longer | 
|  | put into the partial symbol tables.  The symbol will then be found | 
|  | during the scan of symtabs later. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info for | 
|  | the function, for variables we have to call | 
|  | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name to determine if the | 
|  | variable has debug info.  If the lookup fails, set found_msymbol so | 
|  | that we will rescan to print any matching symbols without debug info. | 
|  | We only search the objfile the msymbol came from, we no longer search | 
|  | all objfiles.  In large programs (1000s of shared libs) searching all | 
|  | objfiles is not worth the pain.  */ | 
|  | if (m_filenames.empty () | 
|  | && (kind & (SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN)) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!preg.has_value () | 
|  | || preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0, | 
|  | NULL, 0) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* An important side-effect of these lookup functions is | 
|  | to expand the symbol table if msymbol is found, later | 
|  | in the process we will add matching symbols or | 
|  | msymbols to the results list, and that requires that | 
|  | the symbols tables are expanded.  */ | 
|  | if ((kind & SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN) != 0 | 
|  | ? (find_pc_compunit_symtab | 
|  | (msymbol->value_address (objfile)) == NULL) | 
|  | : (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name | 
|  | (objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (), | 
|  | SEARCH_VFT) | 
|  | .symbol == NULL)) | 
|  | found_msymbol = true; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return found_msymbol; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_symbols | 
|  | (objfile *objfile, | 
|  | const std::optional<compiled_regex> &preg, | 
|  | const std::optional<compiled_regex> &treg, | 
|  | std::set<symbol_search> *result_set) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | domain_search_flags kind = m_kind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add matching symbols (if not already present).  */ | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct blockvector *bv  = cust->blockvector (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (block_enum block : { GLOBAL_BLOCK, STATIC_BLOCK }) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const struct block *b = bv->block (block); | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (b)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab *real_symtab = sym->symtab (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Check first sole REAL_SYMTAB->FILENAME.  It does | 
|  | not need to be a substring of symtab_to_fullname as | 
|  | it may contain "./" etc.  */ | 
|  | if (!(file_matches (real_symtab->filename, m_filenames, false) | 
|  | || ((basenames_may_differ | 
|  | || file_matches (lbasename (real_symtab->filename), | 
|  | m_filenames, true)) | 
|  | && file_matches (symtab_to_fullname (real_symtab), | 
|  | m_filenames, false)))) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!sym->matches (kind)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (preg.has_value () && preg->exec (sym->natural_name (), 0, | 
|  | nullptr, 0) != 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (((sym->domain () == VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | || sym->domain () == FUNCTION_DOMAIN) | 
|  | && treg.has_value () | 
|  | && !treg_matches_sym_type_name (*treg, sym))) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((kind & SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sym->aclass () == LOC_UNRESOLVED | 
|  | /* LOC_CONST can be used for more than | 
|  | just enums, e.g., c++ static const | 
|  | members.  We only want to skip enums | 
|  | here.  */ | 
|  | || (sym->aclass () == LOC_CONST | 
|  | && (sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (sym->domain () == MODULE_DOMAIN && sym->line () == 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (result_set->size () < m_max_search_results) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Match, insert if not already in the results.  */ | 
|  | symbol_search ss (block, sym); | 
|  | if (result_set->find (ss) == result_set->end ()) | 
|  | result_set->insert (ss); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_msymbols | 
|  | (objfile *objfile, const std::optional<compiled_regex> &preg, | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> *results) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | domain_search_flags kind = m_kind; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!preg.has_value () | 
|  | || preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0, | 
|  | NULL, 0) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* For functions we can do a quick check of whether the | 
|  | symbol might be found via find_pc_symtab.  */ | 
|  | if ((kind & SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN) == 0 | 
|  | || (find_pc_compunit_symtab | 
|  | (msymbol->value_address (objfile)) == NULL)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name | 
|  | (objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (), | 
|  | SEARCH_VFT).symbol == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Matching msymbol, add it to the results list.  */ | 
|  | if (results->size () < m_max_search_results) | 
|  | results->emplace_back (GLOBAL_BLOCK, msymbol, objfile); | 
|  | else | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher::search () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | std::optional<compiled_regex> preg; | 
|  | std::optional<compiled_regex> treg; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (m_symbol_name_regexp != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *symbol_name_regexp = m_symbol_name_regexp; | 
|  | std::string symbol_name_regexp_holder; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators. | 
|  | This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive | 
|  | to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator' | 
|  | and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>.  */ | 
|  | const char *opend; | 
|  | const char *opname = operator_chars (symbol_name_regexp, &opend); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (*opname) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int fix = -1;		/* -1 means ok; otherwise number of | 
|  | spaces needed.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$') | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'.  */ | 
|  | if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ') | 
|  | fix = 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'.  */ | 
|  | if (opname[-1] == ' ') | 
|  | fix = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | /* If wrong number of spaces, fix it.  */ | 
|  | if (fix >= 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | symbol_name_regexp_holder | 
|  | = string_printf ("operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname); | 
|  | symbol_name_regexp = symbol_name_regexp_holder.c_str (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off | 
|  | ? REG_ICASE : 0); | 
|  | preg.emplace (symbol_name_regexp, cflags, | 
|  | _("Invalid regexp")); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (m_symbol_type_regexp != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off | 
|  | ? REG_ICASE : 0); | 
|  | treg.emplace (m_symbol_type_regexp, cflags, | 
|  | _("Invalid regexp")); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool found_msymbol = false; | 
|  | std::set<symbol_search> result_set; | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Expand symtabs within objfile that possibly contain matching | 
|  | symbols.  */ | 
|  | found_msymbol |= expand_symtabs (objfile, preg); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find matching symbols within OBJFILE and add them in to the | 
|  | RESULT_SET set.  Use a set here so that we can easily detect | 
|  | duplicates as we go, and can therefore track how many unique | 
|  | matches we have found so far.  */ | 
|  | if (!add_matching_symbols (objfile, preg, treg, &result_set)) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Convert the result set into a sorted result list, as std::set is | 
|  | defined to be sorted then no explicit call to std::sort is needed.  */ | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> result (result_set.begin (), result_set.end ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* If there are no debug symbols, then add matching minsyms.  But if the | 
|  | user wants to see symbols matching a type regexp, then never give a | 
|  | minimal symbol, as we assume that a minimal symbol does not have a | 
|  | type.  */ | 
|  | if ((found_msymbol | 
|  | || (m_filenames.empty () && (m_kind & SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN) != 0)) | 
|  | && !m_exclude_minsyms | 
|  | && !treg.has_value ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert ((m_kind & (SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN)) | 
|  | != 0); | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | if (!add_matching_msymbols (objfile, preg, &result)) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string | 
|  | symbol_to_info_string (struct symbol *sym, int block) | 
|  | { | 
|  | std::string str; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block == STATIC_BLOCK); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (block == STATIC_BLOCK | 
|  | && (sym->domain () == VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | || sym->domain () == FUNCTION_DOMAIN)) | 
|  | str += "static "; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Typedef that is not a C++ class.  */ | 
|  | if (sym->domain () == TYPE_DOMAIN) | 
|  | { | 
|  | string_file tmp_stream; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* FIXME: For C (and C++) we end up with a difference in output here | 
|  | between how a typedef is printed, and non-typedefs are printed. | 
|  | The TYPEDEF_PRINT code places a ";" at the end in an attempt to | 
|  | appear C-like, while TYPE_PRINT doesn't. | 
|  |  | 
|  | For the struct printing case below, things are worse, we force | 
|  | printing of the ";" in this function, which is going to be wrong | 
|  | for languages that don't require a ";" between statements.  */ | 
|  | if (sym->type ()->code () == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) | 
|  | typedef_print (sym->type (), sym, &tmp_stream); | 
|  | else | 
|  | type_print (sym->type (), "", &tmp_stream, -1); | 
|  | str += tmp_stream.string (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | /* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class.  */ | 
|  | else if (sym->domain () == VAR_DOMAIN || sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN | 
|  | || sym->domain () == FUNCTION_DOMAIN) | 
|  | { | 
|  | string_file tmp_stream; | 
|  |  | 
|  | type_print (sym->type (), | 
|  | (sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF | 
|  | ? "" : sym->print_name ()), | 
|  | &tmp_stream, 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | str += tmp_stream.string (); | 
|  | str += ";"; | 
|  | } | 
|  | /* Printing of modules is currently done here, maybe at some future | 
|  | point we might want a language specific method to print the module | 
|  | symbol so that we can customise the output more.  */ | 
|  | else if (sym->domain () == MODULE_DOMAIN) | 
|  | str += sym->print_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return str; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Helper function for symbol info commands, for example 'info | 
|  | functions', 'info variables', etc.  BLOCK is the type of block the | 
|  | symbols was found in, either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK.  SYM is | 
|  | the symbol we found.  If LAST is not NULL, print file and line | 
|  | number information for the symbol as well.  Skip printing the | 
|  | filename if it matches LAST.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | print_symbol_info (struct symbol *sym, int block, const char *last) | 
|  | { | 
|  | scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym); | 
|  | struct symtab *s = sym->symtab (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (last != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *s_filename = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (filename_cmp (last, s_filename) != 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("\nFile %ps:\n"), | 
|  | styled_string (file_name_style.style (), | 
|  | s_filename)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (sym->line () != 0) | 
|  | gdb_printf ("%d:\t", sym->line ()); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_puts ("\t"); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string str = symbol_to_info_string (sym, block); | 
|  | gdb_printf ("%s\n", str.c_str ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information | 
|  | for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | print_msymbol_info (bound_minimal_symbol msymbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = msymbol.objfile->arch (); | 
|  | const char *tmp; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (gdbarch_addr_bit (gdbarch) <= 32) | 
|  | tmp = hex_string_custom (msymbol.value_address () | 
|  | & (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff, | 
|  | 8); | 
|  | else | 
|  | tmp = hex_string_custom (msymbol.value_address (), | 
|  | 16); | 
|  |  | 
|  | ui_file_style sym_style = (msymbol.minsym->text_p () | 
|  | ? function_name_style.style () | 
|  | : ui_file_style ()); | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("%ps  %ps\n"), | 
|  | styled_string (address_style.style (), tmp), | 
|  | styled_string (sym_style, msymbol.minsym->print_name ())); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and | 
|  | "info variables".  It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then | 
|  | print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the | 
|  | matches.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | symtab_symbol_info (bool quiet, bool exclude_minsyms, | 
|  | const char *regexp, domain_enum kind, | 
|  | const char *t_regexp, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *last_filename = ""; | 
|  | int first = 1; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (regexp != nullptr && *regexp == '\0') | 
|  | regexp = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | domain_search_flags flags = to_search_flags (kind); | 
|  | if (kind == TYPE_DOMAIN) | 
|  | flags |= SEARCH_STRUCT_DOMAIN; | 
|  |  | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher spec (flags, regexp); | 
|  | spec.set_symbol_type_regexp (t_regexp); | 
|  | spec.set_exclude_minsyms (exclude_minsyms); | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!quiet) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *classname; | 
|  | switch (kind) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case VAR_DOMAIN: | 
|  | classname = "variable"; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case FUNCTION_DOMAIN: | 
|  | classname = "function"; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case TYPE_DOMAIN: | 
|  | classname = "type"; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | case MODULE_DOMAIN: | 
|  | classname = "module"; | 
|  | break; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | gdb_assert_not_reached ("invalid domain enum"); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (regexp != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (t_regexp != NULL) | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\"" | 
|  | " with type matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), | 
|  | classname, regexp, t_regexp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), | 
|  | classname, regexp); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (t_regexp != NULL) | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | (_("All defined %ss" | 
|  | " with type matching regular expression \"%s\" :\n"), | 
|  | classname, t_regexp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("All defined %ss:\n"), classname); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (const symbol_search &p : symbols) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (p.msymbol.minsym != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (first) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!quiet) | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n")); | 
|  | first = 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  | print_msymbol_info (p.msymbol); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | print_symbol_info (p.symbol, p.block, last_filename); | 
|  | last_filename | 
|  | = symtab_to_filename_for_display (p.symbol->symtab ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Structure to hold the values of the options used by the 'info variables' | 
|  | and 'info functions' commands.  These correspond to the -q, -t, and -n | 
|  | options.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct info_vars_funcs_options | 
|  | { | 
|  | bool quiet = false; | 
|  | bool exclude_minsyms = false; | 
|  | std::string type_regexp; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The options used by the 'info variables' and 'info functions' | 
|  | commands.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const gdb::option::option_def info_vars_funcs_options_defs[] = { | 
|  | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | 
|  | "q", | 
|  | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | 
|  | "n", | 
|  | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->exclude_minsyms; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | 
|  | "t", | 
|  | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Returns the option group used by 'info variables' and 'info | 
|  | functions'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static gdb::option::option_def_group | 
|  | make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (info_vars_funcs_options *opts) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return {{info_vars_funcs_options_defs}, opts}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Command completer for 'info variables' and 'info functions'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_vars_funcs_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | 
|  | completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | const char *text, const char * /* word */) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const auto group | 
|  | = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (nullptr); | 
|  | if (gdb::option::complete_options | 
|  | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | 
|  | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info variables' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_vars_funcs_options opts; | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_symbol_info | 
|  | (opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, VAR_DOMAIN, | 
|  | opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (), | 
|  | from_tty); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info functions' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_vars_funcs_options opts; | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | symtab_symbol_info | 
|  | (opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, FUNCTION_DOMAIN, | 
|  | opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (), | 
|  | from_tty); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Holds the -q option for the 'info types' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct info_types_options | 
|  | { | 
|  | bool quiet = false; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The options used by the 'info types' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const gdb::option::option_def info_types_options_defs[] = { | 
|  | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_types_options> { | 
|  | "q", | 
|  | [] (info_types_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Returns the option group used by 'info types'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static gdb::option::option_def_group | 
|  | make_info_types_options_def_group (info_types_options *opts) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return {{info_types_options_defs}, opts}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info types' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_types_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_types_options opts; | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, false, args, TYPE_DOMAIN, nullptr, | 
|  | from_tty); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Command completer for 'info types' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_types_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | 
|  | completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | const char *text, const char * /* word */) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const auto group | 
|  | = make_info_types_options_def_group (nullptr); | 
|  | if (gdb::option::complete_options | 
|  | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | 
|  | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info modules' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_modules_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_types_options opts; | 
|  |  | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, true, args, MODULE_DOMAIN, nullptr, | 
|  | from_tty); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the 'info main' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_main_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_printf ("%s\n", main_name ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | rbreak_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> file_name; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (regexp != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *colon = strchr (regexp, ':'); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Ignore the colon if it is part of a Windows drive.  */ | 
|  | if (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (regexp) | 
|  | && (regexp[2] == '/' || regexp[2] == '\\')) | 
|  | colon = strchr (STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (regexp), ':'); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (colon && *(colon + 1) != ':') | 
|  | { | 
|  | int colon_index = colon - regexp; | 
|  | while (colon_index > 0 && isspace (regexp[colon_index - 1])) | 
|  | --colon_index; | 
|  |  | 
|  | file_name = make_unique_xstrndup (regexp, colon_index); | 
|  | regexp = skip_spaces (colon + 1); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher spec (SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN, regexp); | 
|  | if (file_name != nullptr) | 
|  | spec.add_filename (std::move (file_name)); | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::unordered_set<std::string> seen_names; | 
|  | scoped_rbreak_breakpoints finalize; | 
|  | int err_count = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (const symbol_search &p : symbols) | 
|  | { | 
|  | std::string name; | 
|  | if (p.msymbol.minsym == nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (file_name != nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct symtab *symtab = p.symbol->symtab (); | 
|  | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (symtab); | 
|  | name = string_printf ("%s:'%s'", fullname, | 
|  | p.symbol->linkage_name ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | name = p.symbol->linkage_name (); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | name = p.msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!seen_names.insert (name).second) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | try | 
|  | { | 
|  | break_command (name.c_str (), from_tty); | 
|  | } | 
|  | catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex) | 
|  | { | 
|  | exception_print (gdb_stderr, ex); | 
|  | ++err_count; | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (p.msymbol.minsym == nullptr) | 
|  | print_symbol_info (p.symbol, p.block, nullptr); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n", name.c_str ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | int first_bp = finalize.first_breakpoint (); | 
|  | int last_bp = finalize.last_breakpoint (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (last_bp == -1) | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("No breakpoints made.\n")); | 
|  | else if (first_bp == last_bp) | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("Successfully created breakpoint %d.\n"), first_bp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("Successfully created breakpoints %d-%d.\n"), | 
|  | first_bp, last_bp); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (err_count > 0) | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("%d breakpoints failed due to errors, see above.\n"), | 
|  | err_count); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Evaluate if SYMNAME matches LOOKUP_NAME.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | compare_symbol_name (const char *symbol_name, language symbol_language, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | completion_match_result &match_res) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const language_defn *lang = language_def (symbol_language); | 
|  |  | 
|  | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match | 
|  | = lang->get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return name_match (symbol_name, lookup_name, &match_res); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /*  See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | language symbol_language, | 
|  | const char *symname, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | completion_match_result &match_res | 
|  | = tracker.reset_completion_match_result (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Clip symbols that cannot match.  */ | 
|  | if (!compare_symbol_name (symname, symbol_language, lookup_name, match_res)) | 
|  | return false; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Refresh SYMNAME from the match string.  It's potentially | 
|  | different depending on language.  (E.g., on Ada, the match may be | 
|  | the encoded symbol name wrapped in "<>").  */ | 
|  | symname = match_res.match.match (); | 
|  | gdb_assert (symname != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list | 
|  | of matches.  Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> completion | 
|  | = make_completion_match_str (symname, text, word); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Here we pass the match-for-lcd object to add_completion.  Some | 
|  | languages match the user text against substrings of symbol | 
|  | names in some cases.  E.g., in C++, "b push_ba" completes to | 
|  | "std::vector::push_back", "std::string::push_back", etc., and | 
|  | in this case we want the completion lowest common denominator | 
|  | to be "push_back" instead of "std::".  */ | 
|  | tracker.add_completion (std::move (completion), | 
|  | &match_res.match_for_lcd, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | completion_list_add_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | symbol *sym, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | 
|  | sym->natural_name (), | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* C++ function symbols include the parameters within both the msymbol | 
|  | name and the symbol name.  The problem is that the msymbol name will | 
|  | describe the parameters in the most basic way, with typedefs stripped | 
|  | out, while the symbol name will represent the types as they appear in | 
|  | the program.  This means we will see duplicate entries in the | 
|  | completion tracker.  The following converts the symbol name back to | 
|  | the msymbol name and removes the msymbol name from the completion | 
|  | tracker.  */ | 
|  | if (sym->language () == language_cplus | 
|  | && sym->aclass () == LOC_BLOCK) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The call to canonicalize returns the empty string if the input | 
|  | string is already in canonical form, thanks to this we don't | 
|  | remove the symbol we just added above.  */ | 
|  | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> str | 
|  | = cp_canonicalize_string_no_typedefs (sym->natural_name ()); | 
|  | if (str != nullptr) | 
|  | tracker.remove_completion (str.get ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct minimal_symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | completion_list_add_msymbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | minimal_symbol *sym, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | 
|  | sym->natural_name (), | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* ObjC: In case we are completing on a selector, look as the msymbol | 
|  | again and feed all the selectors into the mill.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | completion_list_objc_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | static char *tmp = NULL; | 
|  | static unsigned int tmplen = 0; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *method, *category, *selector; | 
|  | char *tmp2 = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | method = msymbol->natural_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Is it a method?  */ | 
|  | if ((method[0] != '-') && (method[0] != '+')) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (text[0] == '[') | 
|  | /* Complete on shortened method method.  */ | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, | 
|  | method + 1, | 
|  | lookup_name, | 
|  | text, word); | 
|  |  | 
|  | while ((strlen (method) + 1) >= tmplen) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (tmplen == 0) | 
|  | tmplen = 1024; | 
|  | else | 
|  | tmplen *= 2; | 
|  | tmp = (char *) xrealloc (tmp, tmplen); | 
|  | } | 
|  | selector = strchr (method, ' '); | 
|  | if (selector != NULL) | 
|  | selector++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | category = strchr (method, '('); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if ((category != NULL) && (selector != NULL)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | memcpy (tmp, method, (category - method)); | 
|  | tmp[category - method] = ' '; | 
|  | memcpy (tmp + (category - method) + 1, selector, strlen (selector) + 1); | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp, | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word); | 
|  | if (text[0] == '[') | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp + 1, | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (selector != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Complete on selector only.  */ | 
|  | strcpy (tmp, selector); | 
|  | tmp2 = strchr (tmp, ']'); | 
|  | if (tmp2 != NULL) | 
|  | *tmp2 = '\0'; | 
|  |  | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp, | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Break the non-quoted text based on the characters which are in | 
|  | symbols.  FIXME: This should probably be language-specific.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const char * | 
|  | language_search_unquoted_string (const char *text, const char *p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (; p > text; --p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0') | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if ((current_language->la_language == language_objc)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (p[-1] == ':')     /* Might be part of a method name.  */ | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | else if (p[-1] == '[' && (p[-2] == '-' || p[-2] == '+')) | 
|  | p -= 2;             /* Beginning of a method name.  */ | 
|  | else if (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '(' || p[-1] == ')') | 
|  | {                   /* Might be part of a method name.  */ | 
|  | const char *t = p; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Seeing a ' ' or a '(' is not conclusive evidence | 
|  | that we are in the middle of a method name.  However, | 
|  | finding "-[" or "+[" should be pretty un-ambiguous. | 
|  | Unfortunately we have to find it now to decide.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | while (t > text) | 
|  | if (isalnum (t[-1]) || t[-1] == '_' || | 
|  | t[-1] == ' '    || t[-1] == ':' || | 
|  | t[-1] == '('    || t[-1] == ')') | 
|  | --t; | 
|  | else | 
|  | break; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (t[-1] == '[' && (t[-2] == '-' || t[-2] == '+')) | 
|  | p = t - 2;      /* Method name detected.  */ | 
|  | /* Else we leave with p unchanged.  */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | return p; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | completion_list_add_fields (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | struct symbol *sym, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sym->aclass () == LOC_TYPEDEF) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct type *t = sym->type (); | 
|  | enum type_code c = t->code (); | 
|  | int j; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) | 
|  | for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < t->num_fields (); j++) | 
|  | if (t->field (j).name ()) | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | 
|  | t->field (j).name (), | 
|  | lookup_name, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | symbol_is_function_or_method (symbol *sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (sym->type ()->code ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: | 
|  | case TYPE_CODE_METHOD: | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bool | 
|  | symbol_is_function_or_method (minimal_symbol *msymbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | switch (msymbol->type ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | case mst_text: | 
|  | case mst_text_gnu_ifunc: | 
|  | case mst_solib_trampoline: | 
|  | case mst_file_text: | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | default: | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol | 
|  | find_gnu_ifunc (const symbol *sym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (sym->aclass () != LOC_BLOCK) | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym->search_name (), | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME); | 
|  | struct objfile *objfile = sym->objfile (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR address = sym->value_block ()->entry_pc (); | 
|  | minimal_symbol *ifunc = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | iterate_over_minimal_symbols (objfile, lookup_name, | 
|  | [&] (minimal_symbol *minsym) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (minsym->type () == mst_text_gnu_ifunc | 
|  | || minsym->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | CORE_ADDR msym_addr = minsym->value_address (objfile); | 
|  | if (minsym->type () == mst_data_gnu_ifunc) | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = objfile->arch (); | 
|  | msym_addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr | 
|  | (gdbarch, msym_addr, current_inferior ()->top_target ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (msym_addr == address) | 
|  | { | 
|  | ifunc = minsym; | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | }); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (ifunc != NULL) | 
|  | return {ifunc, objfile}; | 
|  | return {}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add matching symbols from SYMTAB to the current completion list.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | add_symtab_completions (struct compunit_symtab *cust, | 
|  | completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | complete_symbol_mode mode, | 
|  | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word, | 
|  | enum type_code code) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (cust == NULL) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const struct block *b = cust->blockvector ()->block (i); | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (b)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF | 
|  | || (sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN | 
|  | && sym->type ()->code () == code)) | 
|  | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, | 
|  | lookup_name, | 
|  | text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | default_collect_symbol_completion_matches_break_on | 
|  | (completion_tracker &tracker, complete_symbol_mode mode, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word, | 
|  | const char *break_on, enum type_code code) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline | 
|  | frees them.  I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there | 
|  | won't be that many.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const struct block *b; | 
|  | const struct block *surrounding_static_block, *surrounding_global_block; | 
|  | /* The symbol we are completing on.  Points in same buffer as text.  */ | 
|  | const char *sym_text; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.  */ | 
|  | if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC) | 
|  | sym_text = text; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *p; | 
|  | char quote_found; | 
|  | const char *quote_pos = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First see if this is a quoted string.  */ | 
|  | quote_found = '\0'; | 
|  | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (quote_found != '\0') | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (*p == quote_found) | 
|  | /* Found close quote.  */ | 
|  | quote_found = '\0'; | 
|  | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) | 
|  | /* A backslash followed by the quote character | 
|  | doesn't end the string.  */ | 
|  | ++p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') | 
|  | { | 
|  | quote_found = *p; | 
|  | quote_pos = p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (quote_found == '\'') | 
|  | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it.  */ | 
|  | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; | 
|  | else if (quote_found == '"') | 
|  | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense | 
|  | to complete it any other way.  */ | 
|  | { | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* It is not a quoted string.  Break it based on the characters | 
|  | which are in symbols.  */ | 
|  | while (p > text) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0' | 
|  | || p[-1] == ':' || strchr (break_on, p[-1]) != NULL) | 
|  | --p; | 
|  | else | 
|  | break; | 
|  | } | 
|  | sym_text = p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each | 
|  | symbol you find to the list.  Eventually we want to ignore | 
|  | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be | 
|  | handled by the psymtab code below).  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, msymbol)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | completion_list_add_msymbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  |  | 
|  | completion_list_objc_symbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add completions for all currently loaded symbol tables.  */ | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | add_symtab_completions (cust, tracker, mode, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word, code); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin by | 
|  | matching SYM_TEXT.  Expand all CUs that you find to the list.  */ | 
|  | expand_symtabs_matching (NULL, | 
|  | lookup_name, | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | [&] (compunit_symtab *symtab) /* expansion notify */ | 
|  | { | 
|  | add_symtab_completions (symtab, | 
|  | tracker, mode, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word, code); | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | }, | 
|  | SEARCH_GLOBAL_BLOCK | SEARCH_STATIC_BLOCK, | 
|  | SEARCH_ALL_DOMAINS); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can | 
|  | complete on local vars).  Also catch fields of types defined in | 
|  | this places which match our text string.  Only complete on types | 
|  | visible from current context.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | b = get_selected_block (0); | 
|  | surrounding_static_block = b == nullptr ? nullptr : b->static_block (); | 
|  | surrounding_global_block = b == nullptr ? nullptr : b->global_block (); | 
|  | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) | 
|  | while (b != surrounding_static_block) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (b)) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
|  | { | 
|  | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (sym->domain () == STRUCT_DOMAIN | 
|  | && sym->type ()->code () == code) | 
|  | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Stop when we encounter an enclosing function.  Do not stop for | 
|  | non-inlined functions - the locals of the enclosing function | 
|  | are in scope for a nested function.  */ | 
|  | if (b->function () != NULL && b->inlined_p ()) | 
|  | break; | 
|  | b = b->superblock (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add fields from the file's types; symbols will be added below.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (surrounding_static_block)) | 
|  | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (surrounding_global_block != NULL) | 
|  | for (struct symbol *sym : block_iterator_range (surrounding_global_block)) | 
|  | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Skip macros if we are completing a struct tag -- arguable but | 
|  | usually what is expected.  */ | 
|  | if (current_language->macro_expansion () == macro_expansion_c | 
|  | && code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This adds a macro's name to the current completion list.  */ | 
|  | auto add_macro_name = [&] (const char *macro_name, | 
|  | const macro_definition *, | 
|  | macro_source_file *, | 
|  | int) | 
|  | { | 
|  | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_c, macro_name, | 
|  | lookup_name, sym_text, word); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Add any macros visible in the default scope.  Note that this | 
|  | may yield the occasional wrong result, because an expression | 
|  | might be evaluated in a scope other than the default.  For | 
|  | example, if the user types "break file:line if <TAB>", the | 
|  | resulting expression will be evaluated at "file:line" -- but | 
|  | at there does not seem to be a way to detect this at | 
|  | completion time.  */ | 
|  | macro_scope scope = default_macro_scope (); | 
|  | if (scope.is_valid ()) | 
|  | macro_for_each_in_scope (scope.file, scope.line, add_macro_name); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* User-defined macros are always visible.  */ | 
|  | macro_for_each (macro_user_macros, add_macro_name); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Collect all symbols (regardless of class) which begin by matching | 
|  | TEXT.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | complete_symbol_mode mode, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word) | 
|  | { | 
|  | current_language->collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode, | 
|  | name_match_type, | 
|  | text, word, | 
|  | TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but only collect | 
|  | STRUCT_DOMAIN symbols whose type code is CODE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | collect_symbol_completion_matches_type (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word, | 
|  | enum type_code code) | 
|  | { | 
|  | complete_symbol_mode mode = complete_symbol_mode::EXPRESSION; | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type = symbol_name_match_type::EXPRESSION; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNION | 
|  | || code == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT | 
|  | || code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); | 
|  | current_language->collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode, | 
|  | name_match_type, | 
|  | text, word, code); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but collects a list of | 
|  | symbols defined in all source files named SRCFILE.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | collect_file_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | complete_symbol_mode mode, | 
|  | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | 
|  | const char *text, const char *word, | 
|  | const char *srcfile) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* The symbol we are completing on.  Points in same buffer as text.  */ | 
|  | const char *sym_text; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. | 
|  | FIXME: This should be language-specific.  */ | 
|  | if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC) | 
|  | sym_text = text; | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *p; | 
|  | char quote_found; | 
|  | const char *quote_pos = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First see if this is a quoted string.  */ | 
|  | quote_found = '\0'; | 
|  | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (quote_found != '\0') | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (*p == quote_found) | 
|  | /* Found close quote.  */ | 
|  | quote_found = '\0'; | 
|  | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) | 
|  | /* A backslash followed by the quote character | 
|  | doesn't end the string.  */ | 
|  | ++p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') | 
|  | { | 
|  | quote_found = *p; | 
|  | quote_pos = p; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (quote_found == '\'') | 
|  | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it.  */ | 
|  | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; | 
|  | else if (quote_found == '"') | 
|  | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense | 
|  | to complete it any other way.  */ | 
|  | { | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* Not a quoted string.  */ | 
|  | sym_text = language_search_unquoted_string (text, p); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Go through symtabs for SRCFILE and check the externs and statics | 
|  | for symbols which match.  */ | 
|  | iterate_over_symtabs (current_program_space, srcfile, [&] (symtab *s) | 
|  | { | 
|  | add_symtab_completions (s->compunit (), | 
|  | tracker, mode, lookup_name, | 
|  | sym_text, word, TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | }); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list.  It adds | 
|  | another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the | 
|  | list as necessary.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, const char *text, const char *word, | 
|  | completion_list *list) | 
|  | { | 
|  | list->emplace_back (make_completion_match_str (fname, text, word)); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int | 
|  | not_interesting_fname (const char *fname) | 
|  | { | 
|  | static const char *illegal_aliens[] = { | 
|  | "_globals_",	/* inserted by coff_symtab_read */ | 
|  | NULL | 
|  | }; | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (filename_cmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0) | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* An object of this type is passed as the callback argument to | 
|  | map_partial_symbol_filenames.  */ | 
|  | struct add_partial_filename_data | 
|  | { | 
|  | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; | 
|  | const char *text; | 
|  | const char *word; | 
|  | int text_len; | 
|  | completion_list *list; | 
|  |  | 
|  | void operator() (const char *filename, const char *fullname); | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | add_partial_filename_data::operator() (const char *filename, | 
|  | const char *fullname) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (not_interesting_fname (filename)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  | if (!filename_seen_cache->seen (filename) | 
|  | && filename_ncmp (filename, text, text_len) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the | 
|  | current list of matches.  */ | 
|  | add_filename_to_list (filename, text, word, list); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *base_name = lbasename (filename); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (base_name != filename | 
|  | && !filename_seen_cache->seen (base_name) | 
|  | && filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0) | 
|  | add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word, list); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return a list of all source files whose names begin with matching | 
|  | TEXT.  The file names are looked up in the symbol tables of this | 
|  | program.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | completion_list | 
|  | make_source_files_completion_list (const char *text) | 
|  | { | 
|  | size_t text_len = strlen (text); | 
|  | completion_list list; | 
|  | const char *base_name; | 
|  | struct add_partial_filename_data datum; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!have_full_symbols (current_program_space) | 
|  | && !have_partial_symbols (current_program_space)) | 
|  | return list; | 
|  |  | 
|  | filename_seen_cache filenames_seen; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | for (symtab *s : cu->filetabs ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename)) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  | if (!filenames_seen.seen (s->filename) | 
|  | && filename_ncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current | 
|  | list of matches.  */ | 
|  | add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, text, &list); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the | 
|  | debug info records leading directories, but not the other | 
|  | way around.  This is what subroutines of breakpoint | 
|  | command do when they parse file names.  */ | 
|  | base_name = lbasename (s->filename); | 
|  | if (base_name != s->filename | 
|  | && !filenames_seen.seen (base_name) | 
|  | && filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0) | 
|  | add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, text, &list); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | datum.filename_seen_cache = &filenames_seen; | 
|  | datum.text = text; | 
|  | datum.word = text; | 
|  | datum.text_len = text_len; | 
|  | datum.list = &list; | 
|  | map_symbol_filenames (datum, false /*need_fullname*/); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return list; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Track MAIN */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the "main_info" object for the current program space.  If | 
|  | the object has not yet been created, create it and fill in some | 
|  | default values.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static main_info * | 
|  | get_main_info (program_space *pspace) | 
|  | { | 
|  | main_info *info = main_progspace_key.get (pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info == NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | /* It may seem strange to store the main name in the progspace | 
|  | and also in whatever objfile happens to see a main name in | 
|  | its debug info.  The reason for this is mainly historical: | 
|  | gdb returned "main" as the name even if no function named | 
|  | "main" was defined the program; and this approach lets us | 
|  | keep compatibility.  */ | 
|  | info = main_progspace_key.emplace (pspace); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return info; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | set_main_name (program_space *pspace, const char *name, enum language lang) | 
|  | { | 
|  | main_info *info = get_main_info (pspace); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (!info->name_of_main.empty ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info->name_of_main.clear (); | 
|  | info->language_of_main = language_unknown; | 
|  | } | 
|  | if (name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info->name_of_main = name; | 
|  | info->language_of_main = lang; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Deduce the name of the main procedure, and set NAME_OF_MAIN | 
|  | accordingly.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | find_main_name (void) | 
|  | { | 
|  | const char *new_main_name; | 
|  | program_space *pspace = current_program_space; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* First check the objfiles to see whether a debuginfo reader has | 
|  | picked up the appropriate main name.  Historically the main name | 
|  | was found in a more or less random way; this approach instead | 
|  | relies on the order of objfile creation -- which still isn't | 
|  | guaranteed to get the correct answer, but is just probably more | 
|  | accurate.  */ | 
|  | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | 
|  | { | 
|  | objfile->compute_main_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, | 
|  | objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main, | 
|  | objfile->per_bfd->language_of_main); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Try to see if the main procedure is in Ada.  */ | 
|  | /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-03-07: Another way of doing this would | 
|  | be to add a new method in the language vector, and call this | 
|  | method for each language until one of them returns a non-empty | 
|  | name.  This would allow us to remove this hard-coded call to | 
|  | an Ada function.  It is not clear that this is a better approach | 
|  | at this point, because all methods need to be written in a way | 
|  | such that false positives never be returned.  For instance, it is | 
|  | important that a method does not return a wrong name for the main | 
|  | procedure if the main procedure is actually written in a different | 
|  | language.  It is easy to guaranty this with Ada, since we use a | 
|  | special symbol generated only when the main in Ada to find the name | 
|  | of the main procedure.  It is difficult however to see how this can | 
|  | be guaranteed for languages such as C, for instance.  This suggests | 
|  | that order of call for these methods becomes important, which means | 
|  | a more complicated approach.  */ | 
|  | new_main_name = ada_main_name (); | 
|  | if (new_main_name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, new_main_name, language_ada); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | new_main_name = d_main_name (); | 
|  | if (new_main_name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, new_main_name, language_d); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | new_main_name = go_main_name (); | 
|  | if (new_main_name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, new_main_name, language_go); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | new_main_name = pascal_main_name (); | 
|  | if (new_main_name != NULL) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, new_main_name, language_pascal); | 
|  | return; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The languages above didn't identify the name of the main procedure. | 
|  | Fallback to "main".  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Try to find language for main in psymtabs.  */ | 
|  | bool symbol_found_p = false; | 
|  | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order | 
|  | (current_inferior ()->arch (), | 
|  | [&symbol_found_p, pspace] (objfile *obj) | 
|  | { | 
|  | language lang | 
|  | = obj->lookup_global_symbol_language ("main", | 
|  | SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN, | 
|  | &symbol_found_p); | 
|  | if (symbol_found_p) | 
|  | { | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, "main", lang); | 
|  | return 1; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return 0; | 
|  | }, nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (symbol_found_p) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | set_main_name (pspace, "main", language_unknown); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char * | 
|  | main_name () | 
|  | { | 
|  | main_info *info = get_main_info (current_program_space); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->name_of_main.empty ()) | 
|  | find_main_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return info->name_of_main.c_str (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the language of the main function.  If it is not known, | 
|  | return language_unknown.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | enum language | 
|  | main_language (void) | 
|  | { | 
|  | main_info *info = get_main_info (current_program_space); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (info->name_of_main.empty ()) | 
|  | find_main_name (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return info->language_of_main; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The next index to hand out in response to a registration request.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static int next_aclass_value = LOC_FINAL_VALUE; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The maximum number of "aclass" registrations we support.  This is | 
|  | constant for convenience.  */ | 
|  | #define MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS (LOC_FINAL_VALUE + 11) | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The objects representing the various "aclass" values.  The elements | 
|  | from 0 up to LOC_FINAL_VALUE-1 represent themselves, and subsequent | 
|  | elements are those registered at gdb initialization time.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct symbol_impl symbol_impl[MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS]; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The globally visible pointer.  This is separate from 'symbol_impl' | 
|  | so that it can be const.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::array_view<const struct symbol_impl> symbol_impls (symbol_impl); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Make sure we saved enough room in struct symbol.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static_assert (MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS <= (1 << SYMBOL_ACLASS_BITS)); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Register a computed symbol type.  ACLASS must be LOC_COMPUTED.  OPS | 
|  | is the ops vector associated with this index.  This returns the new | 
|  | index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols | 
|  | of this type.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | register_symbol_computed_impl (enum address_class aclass, | 
|  | const struct symbol_computed_ops *ops) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int result = next_aclass_value++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_COMPUTED); | 
|  | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].ops_computed = ops; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Sanity check OPS.  */ | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops->tracepoint_var_ref != NULL); | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops->describe_location != NULL); | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops->get_symbol_read_needs != NULL); | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops->read_variable != NULL); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Register a function with frame base type.  ACLASS must be LOC_BLOCK. | 
|  | OPS is the ops vector associated with this index.  This returns the | 
|  | new index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols | 
|  | of this type.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | register_symbol_block_impl (enum address_class aclass, | 
|  | const struct symbol_block_ops *ops) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int result = next_aclass_value++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_BLOCK); | 
|  | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].ops_block = ops; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Sanity check OPS.  */ | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); | 
|  | gdb_assert (ops->find_frame_base_location != nullptr | 
|  | || ops->get_block_value != nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Register a register symbol type.  ACLASS must be LOC_REGISTER or | 
|  | LOC_REGPARM_ADDR.  OPS is the register ops vector associated with | 
|  | this index.  This returns the new index, which should be used as | 
|  | the aclass_index field for symbols of this type.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | int | 
|  | register_symbol_register_impl (enum address_class aclass, | 
|  | const struct symbol_register_ops *ops) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int result = next_aclass_value++; | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_REGISTER || aclass == LOC_REGPARM_ADDR); | 
|  | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | 
|  | symbol_impl[result].ops_register = ops; | 
|  |  | 
|  | return result; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Initialize elements of 'symbol_impl' for the constants in enum | 
|  | address_class.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (void) | 
|  | { | 
|  | int i; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (i = 0; i < LOC_FINAL_VALUE; ++i) | 
|  | symbol_impl[i].aclass = (enum address_class) i; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct objfile * | 
|  | symbol::objfile () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ()); | 
|  | return owner.symtab->compunit ()->objfile (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct gdbarch * | 
|  | symbol::arch () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (!is_objfile_owned ()) | 
|  | return owner.arch; | 
|  | return owner.symtab->compunit ()->objfile ()->arch (); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct symtab * | 
|  | symbol::symtab () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ()); | 
|  | return owner.symtab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | void | 
|  | symbol::set_symtab (struct symtab *symtab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (is_objfile_owned ()); | 
|  | owner.symtab = symtab; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR | 
|  | symbol::get_maybe_copied_address () const | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (this->maybe_copied); | 
|  | gdb_assert (this->aclass () == LOC_STATIC); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *linkage_name = this->linkage_name (); | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol minsym | 
|  | = lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (this->objfile ()->pspace (), linkage_name, | 
|  | false, false); | 
|  | if (minsym.minsym != nullptr) | 
|  | return minsym.value_address (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return this->m_value.address; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | CORE_ADDR | 
|  | minimal_symbol::get_maybe_copied_address (objfile *objf) const | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (this->maybe_copied (objf)); | 
|  | gdb_assert ((objf->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) == 0); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *linkage_name = this->linkage_name (); | 
|  | bound_minimal_symbol found | 
|  | = lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (objf->pspace (), linkage_name, | 
|  | false, true); | 
|  | if (found.minsym != nullptr) | 
|  | return found.value_address (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | return (this->m_value.address | 
|  | + objf->section_offsets[this->section_index ()]); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Hold the sub-commands of 'info module'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static struct cmd_list_element *info_module_cmdlist = NULL; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* See symtab.h.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::vector<module_symbol_search> | 
|  | search_module_symbols (const char *module_regexp, const char *regexp, | 
|  | const char *type_regexp, domain_search_flags kind) | 
|  | { | 
|  | std::vector<module_symbol_search> results; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Search for all modules matching MODULE_REGEXP.  */ | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher spec1 (SEARCH_MODULE_DOMAIN, module_regexp); | 
|  | spec1.set_exclude_minsyms (true); | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> modules = spec1.search (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now search for all symbols of the required KIND matching the required | 
|  | regular expressions.  We figure out which ones are in which modules | 
|  | below.  */ | 
|  | global_symbol_searcher spec2 (kind, regexp); | 
|  | spec2.set_symbol_type_regexp (type_regexp); | 
|  | spec2.set_exclude_minsyms (true); | 
|  | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec2.search (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Now iterate over all MODULES, checking to see which items from | 
|  | SYMBOLS are in each module.  */ | 
|  | for (const symbol_search &p : modules) | 
|  | { | 
|  | QUIT; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* This is a module.  */ | 
|  | gdb_assert (p.symbol != nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::string prefix = p.symbol->print_name (); | 
|  | prefix += "::"; | 
|  |  | 
|  | for (const symbol_search &q : symbols) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (q.symbol == nullptr) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (strncmp (q.symbol->print_name (), prefix.c_str (), | 
|  | prefix.size ()) != 0) | 
|  | continue; | 
|  |  | 
|  | results.push_back ({p, q}); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | return results; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implement the core of both 'info module functions' and 'info module | 
|  | variables'.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_module_subcommand (bool quiet, const char *module_regexp, | 
|  | const char *regexp, const char *type_regexp, | 
|  | domain_search_flags kind) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (kind == SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN || kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN); | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Print a header line.  Don't build the header line bit by bit as this | 
|  | prevents internationalisation.  */ | 
|  | if (!quiet) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (module_regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (type_regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | gdb_printf ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables in all modules:") | 
|  | : _("All functions in all modules:"))); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables matching regular expression" | 
|  | " \"%s\" in all modules:") | 
|  | : _("All functions matching regular expression" | 
|  | " \"%s\" in all modules:")), | 
|  | regexp); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables with type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:") | 
|  | : _("All functions with type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:")), | 
|  | type_regexp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:") | 
|  | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:")), | 
|  | regexp, type_regexp); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (type_regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables in all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":") | 
|  | : _("All functions in all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":")), | 
|  | module_regexp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":") | 
|  | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":")), | 
|  | regexp, module_regexp); | 
|  | } | 
|  | else | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (regexp == nullptr) | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables with type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching " | 
|  | "regular expression \"%s\":") | 
|  | : _("All functions with type matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching " | 
|  | "regular expression \"%s\":")), | 
|  | type_regexp, module_regexp); | 
|  | else | 
|  | gdb_printf | 
|  | ((kind == SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN | 
|  | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":") | 
|  | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression " | 
|  | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | 
|  | "expression \"%s\":")), | 
|  | regexp, type_regexp, module_regexp); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  | gdb_printf ("\n"); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Find all symbols of type KIND matching the given regular expressions | 
|  | along with the symbols for the modules in which those symbols | 
|  | reside.  */ | 
|  | std::vector<module_symbol_search> module_symbols | 
|  | = search_module_symbols (module_regexp, regexp, type_regexp, kind); | 
|  |  | 
|  | std::sort (module_symbols.begin (), module_symbols.end (), | 
|  | [] (const module_symbol_search &a, const module_symbol_search &b) | 
|  | { | 
|  | if (a.first < b.first) | 
|  | return true; | 
|  | else if (a.first == b.first) | 
|  | return a.second < b.second; | 
|  | else | 
|  | return false; | 
|  | }); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *last_filename = ""; | 
|  | const symbol *last_module_symbol = nullptr; | 
|  | for (const auto &[p, q] : module_symbols) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_assert (q.symbol != nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | if (last_module_symbol != p.symbol) | 
|  | { | 
|  | gdb_printf ("\n"); | 
|  | gdb_printf (_("Module \"%s\":\n"), p.symbol->print_name ()); | 
|  | last_module_symbol = p.symbol; | 
|  | last_filename = ""; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | print_symbol_info (q.symbol, q.block, last_filename); | 
|  | last_filename | 
|  | = symtab_to_filename_for_display (q.symbol->symtab ()); | 
|  | } | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Hold the option values for the 'info module .....' sub-commands.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | struct info_modules_var_func_options | 
|  | { | 
|  | bool quiet = false; | 
|  | std::string type_regexp; | 
|  | std::string module_regexp; | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* The options used by 'info module variables' and 'info module functions' | 
|  | commands.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static const gdb::option::option_def info_modules_var_func_options_defs [] = { | 
|  | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | 
|  | "q", | 
|  | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | 
|  | "t", | 
|  | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | }, | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | 
|  | "m", | 
|  | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->module_regexp; }, | 
|  | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | 
|  | nullptr /* set_doc */ | 
|  | } | 
|  | }; | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Return the option group used by the 'info module ...' sub-commands.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static inline gdb::option::option_def_group | 
|  | make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group | 
|  | (info_modules_var_func_options *opts) | 
|  | { | 
|  | return {{info_modules_var_func_options_defs}, opts}; | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implements the 'info module functions' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_module_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_modules_var_func_options opts; | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | info_module_subcommand | 
|  | (opts.quiet, | 
|  | opts.module_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.module_regexp.c_str (), args, | 
|  | opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (), | 
|  | SEARCH_FUNCTION_DOMAIN); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Implements the 'info module variables' command.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_module_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | 
|  | { | 
|  | info_modules_var_func_options opts; | 
|  | auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts); | 
|  | gdb::option::process_options | 
|  | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | 
|  | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | 
|  | args = nullptr; | 
|  |  | 
|  | info_module_subcommand | 
|  | (opts.quiet, | 
|  | opts.module_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.module_regexp.c_str (), args, | 
|  | opts.type_regexp.empty () ? nullptr : opts.type_regexp.c_str (), | 
|  | SEARCH_VAR_DOMAIN); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  | /* Command completer for 'info module ...' sub-commands.  */ | 
|  |  | 
|  | static void | 
|  | info_module_var_func_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | 
|  | completion_tracker &tracker, | 
|  | const char *text, | 
|  | const char * /* word */) | 
|  | { | 
|  |  | 
|  | const auto group = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (nullptr); | 
|  | if (gdb::option::complete_options | 
|  | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | 
|  | return; | 
|  |  | 
|  | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | 
|  | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | 
|  | } | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | INIT_GDB_FILE (symtab) | 
|  | { | 
|  | cmd_list_element *c; | 
|  |  | 
|  | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_info ("variables", info_variables_command, | 
|  | info_print_args_help (_("\ | 
|  | All global and static variable names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info variables [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | Prints the global and static variables.\n"), | 
|  | _("global and static variables"), | 
|  | true)); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_info ("functions", info_functions_command, | 
|  | info_print_args_help (_("\ | 
|  | All function names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info functions [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | Prints the functions.\n"), | 
|  | _("functions"), | 
|  | true)); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_info ("types", info_types_command, _("\ | 
|  | All type names, or those matching REGEXP.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info types [-q] [REGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | Print information about all types matching REGEXP, or all types if no\n\ | 
|  | REGEXP is given.  The optional flag -q disables printing of headers.")); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | const auto info_sources_opts | 
|  | = make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr); | 
|  |  | 
|  | static std::string info_sources_help | 
|  | = gdb::option::build_help (_("\ | 
|  | All source files in the program or those matching REGEXP.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info sources [OPTION]... [REGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | By default, REGEXP is used to match anywhere in the filename.\n\ | 
|  | \n\ | 
|  | Options:\n\ | 
|  | %OPTIONS%"), | 
|  | info_sources_opts); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_info ("sources", info_sources_command, info_sources_help.c_str ()); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_sources_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_info ("modules", info_modules_command, | 
|  | _("All module names, or those matching REGEXP.")); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_info ("main", info_main_command, | 
|  | _("Get main symbol to identify entry point into program.")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_basic_prefix_cmd ("module", class_info, _("\ | 
|  | Print information about modules."), | 
|  | &info_module_cmdlist, 0, &infolist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_cmd ("functions", class_info, info_module_functions_command, _("\ | 
|  | Display functions arranged by modules.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info module functions [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | Print a summary of all functions within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\ | 
|  | module and file.  For each function the line on which the function is\n\ | 
|  | defined is given along with the type signature and name of the function.\n\ | 
|  | \n\ | 
|  | If REGEXP is provided then only functions whose name matches REGEXP are\n\ | 
|  | listed.  If MODREGEXP is provided then only functions in modules matching\n\ | 
|  | MODREGEXP are listed.  If TYPEREGEXP is given then only functions whose\n\ | 
|  | type signature matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\ | 
|  | \n\ | 
|  | The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."), | 
|  | &info_module_cmdlist); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars | 
|  | (c, info_module_var_func_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | c = add_cmd ("variables", class_info, info_module_variables_command, _("\ | 
|  | Display variables arranged by modules.\n\ | 
|  | Usage: info module variables [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\ | 
|  | Print a summary of all variables within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\ | 
|  | module and file.  For each variable the line on which the variable is\n\ | 
|  | defined is given along with the type and name of the variable.\n\ | 
|  | \n\ | 
|  | If REGEXP is provided then only variables whose name matches REGEXP are\n\ | 
|  | listed.  If MODREGEXP is provided then only variables in modules matching\n\ | 
|  | MODREGEXP are listed.  If TYPEREGEXP is given then only variables whose\n\ | 
|  | type matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\ | 
|  | \n\ | 
|  | The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."), | 
|  | &info_module_cmdlist); | 
|  | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars | 
|  | (c, info_module_var_func_command_completer); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command, | 
|  | _("Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP.")); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_enum_cmd ("multiple-symbols", no_class, | 
|  | multiple_symbols_modes, &multiple_symbols_mode, | 
|  | _("\ | 
|  | Set how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\ | 
|  | Show how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\ | 
|  | Valid values are \"ask\", \"all\", \"cancel\", and the default is \"all\"."), | 
|  | NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("basenames-may-differ", class_obscure, | 
|  | &basenames_may_differ, _("\ | 
|  | Set whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ | 
|  | Show whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ | 
|  | (A \"base name\" is the name of a file with the directory part removed.\n\ | 
|  | Example: The base name of \"/home/user/hello.c\" is \"hello.c\".)\n\ | 
|  | If set, GDB will canonicalize file names (e.g., expand symlinks)\n\ | 
|  | before comparing them.  Canonicalization is an expensive operation,\n\ | 
|  | but it allows the same file be known by more than one base name.\n\ | 
|  | If not set (the default), all source files are assumed to have just\n\ | 
|  | one base name, and gdb will do file name comparisons more efficiently."), | 
|  | NULL, NULL, | 
|  | &setlist, &showlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symtab-create", no_class, &symtab_create_debug, | 
|  | _("Set debugging of symbol table creation."), | 
|  | _("Show debugging of symbol table creation."), _("\ | 
|  | When enabled (non-zero), debugging messages are printed when building\n\ | 
|  | symbol tables.  A value of 1 (one) normally provides enough information.\n\ | 
|  | A value greater than 1 provides more verbose information."), | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | NULL, | 
|  | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-lookup", no_class, &symbol_lookup_debug, | 
|  | _("\ | 
|  | Set debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ | 
|  | Show debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ | 
|  | When enabled (non-zero), symbol lookups are logged."), | 
|  | NULL, NULL, | 
|  | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-cache-size", no_class, | 
|  | &new_symbol_cache_size, | 
|  | _("Set the size of the symbol cache."), | 
|  | _("Show the size of the symbol cache."), _("\ | 
|  | The size of the symbol cache.\n\ | 
|  | If zero then the symbol cache is disabled."), | 
|  | set_symbol_cache_size_handler, NULL, | 
|  | &maintenance_set_cmdlist, | 
|  | &maintenance_show_cmdlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("ignore-prologue-end-flag", no_class, | 
|  | &ignore_prologue_end_flag, | 
|  | _("Set if the PROLOGUE-END flag is ignored."), | 
|  | _("Show if the PROLOGUE-END flag is ignored."), | 
|  | _("\ | 
|  | The PROLOGUE-END flag from the line-table entries is used to place\n\ | 
|  | breakpoints past the prologue of functions.  Disabling its use forces\n\ | 
|  | the use of prologue scanners."), | 
|  | nullptr, nullptr, | 
|  | &maintenance_set_cmdlist, | 
|  | &maintenance_show_cmdlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance, maintenance_print_symbol_cache, | 
|  | _("Dump the symbol cache for each program space."), | 
|  | &maintenanceprintlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | add_cmd ("symbol-cache-statistics", class_maintenance, | 
|  | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics, | 
|  | _("Print symbol cache statistics for each program space."), | 
|  | &maintenanceprintlist); | 
|  |  | 
|  | cmd_list_element *maintenance_flush_symbol_cache_cmd | 
|  | = add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance, | 
|  | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache, | 
|  | _("Flush the symbol cache for each program space."), | 
|  | &maintenanceflushlist); | 
|  | c = add_alias_cmd ("flush-symbol-cache", maintenance_flush_symbol_cache_cmd, | 
|  | class_maintenance, 0, &maintenancelist); | 
|  | deprecate_cmd (c, "maintenance flush symbol-cache"); | 
|  |  | 
|  | gdb::observers::new_objfile.attach (symtab_new_objfile_observer, "symtab"); | 
|  | gdb::observers::all_objfiles_removed.attach (symtab_all_objfiles_removed, | 
|  | "symtab"); | 
|  | gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (symtab_free_objfile_observer, "symtab"); | 
|  | } |